Archive

Indigenous Peoples of the World

This archive is intended to serve as a brief and very general introduction to each and every Indigenous Nation we've written about, here at Intercontinental Cry. In effect, these Nations represent the frontline of the world-wide movement to defend the earth.

Please Note: This archive is a work in progress. There are still many profiles that need to be written (in several cases, there is no information available on the internet, and what information is available is extremely biased). If you would like to help us finish the archive or if you want to have your Nation added to the list, please get in touch with us.

At the moment there are 497 Indigenous Nations featured in the directory.
  • The Batwa (also known as the Abatwa or Abathwa) are the oldest known inhabitants of the Great Lakes region of central Africa. They are often referred to as "pygmies" due to their small stature. That term, however, is considered to be quite pejorative. Currently: The Abatwa are losing about one percent of their population each year, and miscarriages are frequent because the Abatwa's health is so low and they have little or no access to aid, medicine, or social supports.

    Abatwa

  • Photo © Mathias P MüllerThe Aché Peoples are traditional hunter-gatherers living in the Atlantic coastal forests of eastern Paraguay. The Aché are also known as the Axe people. In the past they have been called the Guaiaqui, Guayakí, Guayaki-Ache, and Guoyagui by Guaraní-speaking neighbors and by early anthropologists, however, these terms are now considered derogatory. Before the 1960s, the Aché lived in small nomadic bands. Groups of allied bands with a common dialect, common rituals, and affinal relations formed a larger political unit known as irondy or "those who are like me." There were four of these groups living in eastern Paraguay at the time of peaceful contact in 1959: the Northern Aché, the Aché ua, the Aché pura, and the Ñacunday Aché. The Northern Ache roamed an area of about 18,500 square km between the Acaray River and the Jejui River drainage systems (Hill & Hurtado 1996: 49), while the Aché ua and Aché pura occupied a much smaller area south of the Northern Aché home range in the foothills of the Yvytyruzu Mountains. The core area of the Ñacunday Aché was approximately two hundred kilometers east of the Yvytyruzu Mountains in the headwaters of the Ñacunday River. [1] The Aché have suffered repeated abuses by rural Paraguayan colonists, ranchers, and big landowners. For instance, in the 20th century, the Northern Aché were confined to two reservations that totaled a mere 50 square kilometers. Prior to this confinement, they were the only inhabitants of an area that spanned 20,000 square kilometers. In recent times, they have faced massacres, enslavement, and crushing isolation in order to make room for investors (mainly Brazilian) to move in and develop Aché lands. [2] Today, the Ache reside on five reservations. Two communities have resident Catholic missionaries, two are associated with Protestant missionaries, and one has recently evicted Protestant missionaries and is independent. The reservation economy is a mix of swidden agriculture (manioc, maize, and yams are the primary crops), foraging, and wage labor. [3] 1. http://www.mpi.nl/DOBES/projects/ache/people 2. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ach%C3%A9 3. http://www.unm.edu/~kimhill/papers/ache.html

    Ache

  • The Achuar are an Amazonian People located on either side of the border in between Ecuador and Peru. The name Achuar means "the people of the Aguaje Palm". Photo by Amazon Watch

    Achuar

  • Adivasi is an umbrella term for the indigenous population of India, including, for instance, the Dongria Kondh. There are at least 645 distinct Indigenous Peoples in India.

    Adivasi

  • A-in-chut (Shawn Atleo) returns to Ahousaht The Ahousaht are one of five Nuu-chah-nulth Nations based on the west coast of Vancouver Island in British Columbia, Canada. "Ahousaht" is a Nootka word meaning "facing opposite from the ocean" or "people living with their backs to the land and mountains."

    Ahousaht

  • Some of the many Ainu patternsThe Ainu , also called Aynu, Aino , and in historical texts Ezo, are indigenous peoples of Japan now inhabiting parts of Hokkaido, Sakhalin, and the Kuril Islands. Historically, they spoke the Ainu language and related varieties. Official estimates of the population are of around 25,000; however, the unofficial number is much closer to 200,000 people.

    Ainu

  • The Akha are a hill tribe of subsistence farmers known for their artistry. Most of the remaining Akha people are now distributed in small villages among the mountains of China (where they are considered part of the Hani by the government, though this is a subject of some dispute among the Akha themselves), Laos (where they are considered Lao Sung), Burma, and northern Thailand, where they are one of the six main hill tribes. The Akha have faced many controversies related to human rights and justice, particularly in the countries of Thailand and China. Their land is built upon hillsides considered valuable for both timber production and farming, and as such has been the target of seizure by government forces from both countries. The Akha, like the other hill tribes, are viewed negatively by mainstream Thai people, generally referred to as "Egaw," a derogatory racial slur they find highly offensive. The use of the word is extremely commonplace and it is found on many tour websites and even in academic writings. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Akha Peoples

    Akha

  • The Akie are an ethnically and linguistically distinct Indigenous people predominantly  living In Tanzania's vast Northern plains. In 2000 this group had a registered population of 5,268. The Akie are also known by the name Mosiro or as members of the Dorobo, an umbrella term for Indigenous groups hailing from Kenya and Tanzania. Locally they are known to the Maasai by the derogatory term 'Iltorobo'- meaning 'one without cattle.'

    The Akie speak a Kalenjin dialect, part of the Niltoic group of languages. Their particular dialect suggests a relationship to Northern Kenyan tribes such as The Okiek, this has led to speculation about The Akie's historical migrations as the linguistic evidence would suggest that they moved southwards into Tanzania at some point.

    With this move seems to have come a change in subsistence strategies. If they did indeed migrate southward in the past The Akie probably led a semi-nomadic existence practicing animal husbandry like the Maasai and other Doroban groups who keep cattle. However they are now Hunter Gatherers and small scale cultivators. The Akie are an example of the phenomena of groups returning to supposedly more 'primitive' strategies. This has proved an important factor in the 'Revisionist debate', helping to challenge notions that people like the Akie are backward rather than optimally adapted to their 'new' environment.

    More recently The Akie's lifeways have changed once again. It has been ascertained that, post migration, they used to live in definite clan territories relating to notions of ancestral ownership and also to family access to resources such as Baobab and honey by family groups. Animals were however, free to be hunted by anyone revealing the openness of boundaries, probably necessary with regards to the harsh environment and variable rainfall. Today though The Akie's territory has decreased dramatically due to agricultural concessions, poaching and Maasai encroachment. This has limited Akie mobility and forced them into more permanent settlement and heavier reliance on cultivating crops such as Maize, however, as these crops are not reliable The Akie retain a great deal of knowledge of the flora and fauna of their home land.

    The Akie are well known for their prowess as hunter gatherers. Chief amongst their impressive armory of skills is the symbiotic relationship they maintain with the Greater Honeyguide bird which they call to and subsequently follow in order to find honey which is of great social value to the group. After then climbing gargantuan trees, pacifying the bees all using only vine, axe and smoke the hunters leave a little honey and comb for the bird to ensure this special relationship continues.

    Though they are commonly described by their Tanzanian countrymen as backward The Akie are fighting hard to maintain their traditional practices and the special link they have with their lands and environment they continue to rely on.

    Akie

  • The Akuriyo were last Indigenous tribe in Suriname to adopt a sedentary way of life, after keeping vigil throughout southern Suriname and the adjacent part of Brazil. The Akuriyo still live in the land of their ancestors; however, they are in a very vulnerable position due to their limited population. The Akuriyo population is numbered at about 50 people; only ten of which continue to speak the Akuriyo traditional language. Everyone else speaks Trió.

    Akuriyo

  • The Alangan are one of several Mangyan Indigenous Peoples in the Philippines. Predominantly living in the northern part of both Occidental and Oriental Mindoro provinces, the Alangan's population today is roughly 7,690. Photo: http://allan.lissner.net

    Alangan

  • The Aleuts are Indigenous Peoples from the Aleutian archipelago, a 1,300-mile-long volcanic island extending from the Alaska Peninsula west nearly to Kamchatka. The Aleuts refer to themselves as Unangan, a term closely associated with “coastline.” Russian fur traders named them Aleuts during the Russian fur trade period in the 18th and 19th centuries. The Aleuts are skilled at hunting and fishing in the harsh northern climate, something that was bitterly exploited by Russian fur traders. They received assistance and support from the Russian Orthodox missionaries subsequently and became closely aligned with Orthodox practices and beliefs. Despite this, an estimated 90 percent of the population was killed during the years of Russian fur trade. During the nineteenth century the Aleuts were deported from the Aleutian Islands to the Komandorski Islands (now part of Kamchatka Oblast) by a Russian-American company. They were transferred to American citizenship late in the twentieth century after Alaska was purchased by the United States from Russia. Fortunately, the Aleuts, with a population estimated at about 18,000 people, have retained much of their culture and language.

    Aleut

  • The Algonquin people call themselves either Omàmiwinini (plural: Omàmiwininiwak) or the more generalized name of Anicinàpe. Many Algonquins still speak the Algonquin language, called generally as Anicinàpemowin or specifically as Omàmiwininìmowin. The language is considered one of several divergent dialects of the Anishinaabe languages. The term "Algonquin" is French, and may derive from the Maliseet word elakómkwik (IPA: [ɛlæˈɡomoɡwik]), "they are our relatives/allies". Alternatively, it may come from the Mi'kmaq word meaning "at the place of spearing fish and eels from the bow of a canoe." Another possibility is the Maliseet word for "dancers," which Samuel de Champlain might have mistaken for their tribal name while watching a combined Algonkin, Maliseet, and Montagnais victory dance in 1603. The tribe has also given its name to the much larger, heterogeneous group of Algonquian-speaking peoples who stretch from Virginia to the Rocky Mountains and north to Hudson Bay, referred to as the Algonquian peoples. Popular usage reflects some confusion on this point, in that the term "Algonquin" has also been used to refer to all Algonquian-speaking societies. Most Algonquins, however, live in Quebec. The nine Algonquin bands in that province and one in Ontario have a combined population of about 11,000.

    Algonquin

  • The indigenous Altai represent an amalgamation of several Turkic peoples. The Altai principally live in the Altai Republic, known as 'the Switzerland of Russia', on the southwestern edge of Siberia. You can learn more about the Altai at altaiproject.org and altaimir.org

    Altai

  • The Alyawarra are one of more than 300 distinct Indigenous Peoples in Australia. Located in what is now the Northern Territory, members of the Alyawarra have been some of the most vocal opponent's of the Australian government's "NT Intervention".

    Alyawarra

  • The Amahuaca or Amhuaca are a South American people of the Peruvian and Brazilian Amazonia. Sedentary farmers, hunters and gatherers, they speak a Panoan language and reputedly practised endocannibalism- the ritual cannibalism of deceased relatives. Isolated until the 18th century, they are currently under threat from ecological devastation, disease and violence brought by oil extractors and illegal loggers. In 1998 they numbered about 520. The largest community of the Amahuaca is in Puerto Varadero, a jungle community on the Peruvian–Brazilian border. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Amahuaca Peoples

    Amahuaca

  • Mohammed The Amazigh are the Indigenous Peoples of Northwest Africa, with a population exceeding 30 million in what is now Tunisia, Libya, Mauritania, Mali, Morocco, Niger and Egypt. The Amazigh are also known by the name “Berber”, a term that is derived from the Roman word for “barbarian”. Such a name was a given by Rome to anyone who did not speak Latin. Most Imazigen (plural of Amazigh) consider "Berber" to be extremely offensive. The term Amazigh, conversely, means "free man".

    Amazigh

  • Mujer AmuzgaAmuzgo, also spelled Amusgo, live near the Pacific Ocean, in the lower portions of the Sierra Madre del Sur, along the coasts of the Mexican states of Guerrero and Oaxaco. Their language is related to that of the Mixtec, their neighbors to the north and west. The name "Amuzgo" comes from a Nahuatl word to which various interpretations have been given. According to one version, the term derives from amoxtli, "place of books or papers"; another version—perhaps a more plausible one—translates the word amoxko to mean "place of clouded water" (the greenish slime floating on the surface of rivers). In 1990 the number of Amuzgo speakers was calculated at 32,637: 27,629 in the state of Guerrero and 5,008 in Oaxaca. To learn more about the Amuzgo, visit www.everyculture.com

    Amuzgo

  • Ojibway Women Anishinaabe or more properly Anishinaabeg or Anishinabek (which is the plural form of the word) is a collective term that refers to the Ojibway, Odawa and Algonkin Peoples, who all share closely related Algonquian languages. There are many variant spellings of the name "Anishinaabe" which essentially means "First-" or "Original-People". For instance, among the eastern Ojibwe and Odawa, the name is realised as "Nishnaabe". The cognate word Neshnabé comes from Potawatomi, a people long allied with Odawas and Ojibwes; who together form the Council of Three Fires. Identified as Anishinaabe but not part of the Council of Three Fires are the Nipissing, Mississaugas and Algonquin. The Saulteaux people of western Manitoba and eastern Saskatchewan are also Anishinaabe, a sub-tribe of the Ojibwe, but they often call themselves Nakawe(-k) and their form of the Anishinaabe language as Nakawemowin. Closely related to the Ojibwe and speaking a language mutually intelligible with Anishinaabemowin (Anishinaabe language) are the Oji-Cree (also known as "Severn Ojibwe"). However, their most common self-description is Anishinini (plural: Anishininiwag) and their language Anishininiimowin.

    Anishinaabe

  • Project_Ethiopia_0014 The Anuak are a riverine people who live along the banks and rivers of southeastern Sudan and western Ethiopia, in the Gambela Region.

    Anuak

  • Apache Hands

    Most widely known by the name Apache (a word derived from the Zuni 'Apachu', meaning enemy) this name refers to a group of culturally related Native Americans. The Apache know themselves by the names Tineh, Dini, Inde, Deman and Haisndayin. Despite this, the monkier Apache has stuck in the minds of most and refers on the behalf of the Zuni to the famed ferocity and pride of this group.

    Traditionally the Apache dwelt in the 'South West Culture Area' spanning a number of US states such as Texas and Colorado as well as parts of Mexico. Originally they would have spoken related Southern Athabaskan languages forming seven different language groups relating to geographical area. However, since the settlement of Indian populations into reservations linguistic cultures have merged and encountered the ubiquity of the American-English language leading to the breakdown of this classification. All seven Athabaskan languages are listed as endangered and Lipan is thought to be near extinct.

    Evidence for the subsistence strategies of the Apache can be found early in their history as it is suggested that these groups were nomadic hunter gatherers, migrating southwards from other Athapascan groups speaking similar languages and operating some similar lifeways in Canada. Later some Apache took up some level of agriculture if they had come into contact with others using this strategy, however this was by no means a given as different Apache groups had quite distinct histories of migration, the Jicarilla Apache for example instead stole horses to hunt Buffalo on the Plains. Largely groups operated mixed economies utilising a number of physical and intellectual resources.

    Though subsistence strategies may have remained diverse amongst the Apache, their reputation as fearsome warriors was far more ubiquitous. This was experienced by those Indian and settler farmers whom the Apache encountered and raided along their migratory route but was most spectacularly displayed post contact with Spanish, Mexican and American adversaries. Not only did the Apache hold off the Spanish and Mexicans advances, they repeatedly raided their colonial outposts during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Furthermore, perhaps the most enduring accounts of the Apache's bravery and skill come from the Apache Wars of the nineteenth century when they fought for their independence from US rule. Out of these conflicts came the compelling tales of Geronimo and Victorio who escaped reservations and mounted what proved to be acts of final resistance to their subjugation, and acting as a testament to the overwhelmed but freedom loving and proud Apache Nation. Geronimo embodied this spirit and the tragedy of the fate suffered by so many Native American groups when, upon his capture he remarked, “Once I moved about like the wind. Now I surrender to you and that is all.”

    Away from the battlefield The Apache were also renowned basket weavers and crafts people, making brightly beaded clothing and adorning much that they owned. In addition they are notable for their musical traditions, most specifically for their playing of the Apache fiddle, Tsii edo'a'tl - 'wood that sings.'

    Today man Apache still live on the original reservations designated to them in their old territiories, for example, the Fort McDowell reservation is still shared by the Mojave and Yavapai of Maricopa County. The Apache are now involved in the US cash economy and earn a living mostly through tribal enterprises such as tourism, saw mills, crafts and Casinos. They face many challenges and like other First Nations are engaged in a constant struggle to protect their lands and culture which have been sadly diminished already. One recent example is the Apache nations staunch opposition to Resolution Copper's mining project in South East Arizona which willfully endangers the Oak Flat and Apache Leap Sacred sites which are important burial grounds and campsites. The Apache fight goes on and they face it with the same resolve shown by some of their most esteemed ancestors.

    Apache

  • Arapaho Longtime allies of the Cheyenne, the Arapaho (who historically referred to themselves as Inuna-Ina), are an Algonquian-speaking people, based mostly in the Great Plains. Today, there are two main Arapaho tribes: the Northern Arapaho, who number about 6000 and are concentrated in Wyoming, and the Southern Arapaho, who are united with the Cheyenne into the Cheyenne-Arapaho Nation in Oklahoma, with a combined 11,000 members. Text adapted from native-languages.org

    Arapahoe

  • uma historia e uma flor The Arará were known as great warriors and hunters and were largely nomadic; they depended on the ability of hunters to make ties and connections with groups of outsiders. Most of the Arará, also known as Ukarãngmã (or the '‘people of the red macaws'), reside in the Brazilian state of Pará. The Arará language is from the Karib family. The Apiacá of the Tocantins (extinct), the Yaruma (extinct) and the Ikpeng are all part of the same linguistic family. The Arará were traditionally polygamous and spouses were chosen based on traditional socio-cultural norms. They do not bury their dead and instead build funeral platform homes in the forest. Since the 1970s Arará have been driven off their land and forced to live in three villages where the National Indian Foundation has allowed fundamentalist missionaries to come in, bringing rapid and profound changes to the Arará way of life. The community was severely impacted by the development of the Trans-Amazonian highway. The Arará population in 1998 was only 195, but has grown slightly since then, the community is so small that all descendants can trace their ancestry to one woman. Much of community life takes place in the Laranjal village plaza, where there are three recognized groups occupying five homes. You can learn more about the Arará at http://www.minorityrights.org/?lid=5290

    Arara

  • Long considered extinct, the Arawak people (from "aru", the Lucayan word for cassava flour) are one of several Indigenous Peoples from the West Indies. The Arawak were the first to encounter Christopher Columbus when he accidentally landed far away from the United States in 1492.

    Arawak

  • mamo arhuaco The Arhuaco, related to the Kogi and Arsario peoples, live in the mountains of the Sierra Nevada in Santa Marta near the San Sebastián de Rábago and on the river banks of the Sevilla, Aracataca and Fundación The Sierra Nevada is the highest coastal region in the world at almost 12,600 square kilometers, and has an extremely diverse climate with great biodiversity. The Arhuaco are also known as the Ika and their language is part of the Chibcha family. The Arhuaco grow coffee and sugar for their own consumption and participate in small animal husbandry (cattle, goats, pigs, and chicken). In order to marry, the man must live and work for his future father-in-law for one or two years. If the marriage does not take place after this period of time the man is given compensation for his labour. The Arhuaco consider neighbouring communities "little brothers." The spiritual leader or Mamu, lives separate from family and is responsible for solving community legal problems and providing religious counselling. There are 42 separate Arhuaco communities that are consolidated under the Tayrona Indigenous Federation. In 1982 Arhuaco took action to evict a Roman Catholic mission which was attempting to prohibit use of national dress and language. In 1990 the Colombian military tortured and killed Arhuaco leaders. This unprovoked violence seems to have been generated in response to the activities of the leftist guerrilla group FARC. The Arhuaco have been on the forefront of the indigenous movement. Since 1980 the lands of the Arhuaco have become the battleground between growers of illicit crops and the Colombian government. In 2004, the community was the site of a vicious bomb attack by the army. Spiritual leader Mariano Suárez Chaparrro was also assassinated the same year. But the greatest continuous threat to the Arhuaco is the growing military conflict in the region. Source: Minority Rights Group

    Arhuaco

  • Ariaal Elder The Ariaal are northern Kenyan pastoralists. They are a combination of Samburu and Rendille Peoples, herding camels as well as cattle, sheep and goats. Due to their desert isolation, the Ariaal have been constantly "poked and prodded" by researches from around the world.

    Ariaal

  • The Arrernte people, also known as the Aranda or Arunta, are the original custodians of the lands in central Australia around Mparntwe or Alice Springs in the Northern Territory. The Arrernte have lived in the region for than 20,000 years.

    Arrernte

  • Acre, ACThe Ashaninka have a long history of resistance, standing up to invaders since the time of the Inca empire until the rubber boom of the nineteenth century and, especially those on the Brazilian side of the border, resisting the encroaches of loggers from the 1980s to today. A people proud of their culture, driven by strong sense of freedom, ready to die in defence of their territory, the Ashaninka are no mere objects of western history. They possess an astonishing capacity to reconcile traditional customs and values with ideas and practices from the western world, such as those to do with socio-environmental sustainability. You can learn more about the Ashaninka at http://pib.socioambiental.org/en/povo/ashaninka

    Ashaninka

  • Habari Za Lao?Ashanti, or Asante, are an Akan people who live predominantly in Ghana and Ivory Coast. They speak Twi, an Akan dialect. Prior to European colonization, the Ashanti people developed a large and influential empire in West Africa. The Ashanti later developed the powerful Ashanti Confederacy or Asanteman and became the dominant presence in the region. Today Ashanti number close to 7 million people (roughly 19% of the Ghanaian population, speaking Asante, also referred to as Twi, a member of the Niger–Congo language family.) Their political power has fluctuated since Ghana's independence, but they remain largely influential. The former president of Ghana, John Agyekum Kufuor is Ashanti. Kofi Annan, the past U.N secretary General was also raised and brought up in Kumasi, the capital of the Ashanti region. The majority of the Ashanti reside in the Ashanti Region, one of the administrative regions of the country. Kumasi, the capital of the current Ashanti region, has also been the historic capital of the Ashanti Kingdom. Currently, the Ashanti region of Ghana has a population of 3,812,950, making it Ghana's most populous administrative district. The Ashanti strongly resisted attempts by Europeans, mainly the British, to subjugate them. The Ashanti aligned themselves with the Dutch to limit British influence in the region. Britain annexed neighbouring areas. The Ashanti were described as a fierce organized people whose king "can bring 200,000 men into the field and whose warriors are evidently not cowed by Snider rifles and 7-pounder guns" Ashanti was one of the few African states able to offer serious resistance to European colonizers. Between 1823 and 1896, Britain fought four wars against the Ashanti kings (the Anglo-Ashanti Wars). In 1900, the British finally defeated the kingdom and incorporated it into the Gold Coast colony as a protectorate. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Ashanti people

    Ashanti

  • The Atayal (also known as the Tayal and the Tayan) are the second largest Indigenous People in Taiwan, numbering close to 100,000. The meaning of Tayal (pronounced dah-YEN) is "genuine person" or "brave man." You can learn more about the Atayal at http://www.atayal.org/

    Atayal

  • Not to be confused with the Avars of the Thirteenth Century with military repute, this ethnically mixed group of largely assimilated peoples resides in the North Caucasus between the Black and Caspian seas. Most live in ancient villages located in Dagestan but smaller populations also exist in Chechnya, Azerbaijan and Georgia.

    The total Avar population stands at around 1.04 million and the majority speak a dialect called Maharul Mac'- 'The language of the mountains,' belonging to the Avar-Andic language family. There are around 1.4 million speakers worldwide, again largely in Dagestan but also in Georgia, Azerbaijan and Russia.

    The history of the Avars is a proud but in many ways a tragic one exhibiting hardships suffered by many of the worlds indigenous peoples. First mentioned in 463AD by the Roman diplomat Priscus the Avars appear to have undertaken a migration from an area near the Arral sea to the Caucasus where they established a Christian state in the Dagestani highlands where many Avars live to this day. During the 1800's, under high taxation stress and the ever present problem of land dispossession, in this case at the hands of the Russian state, the Avars mobilised to fight in the Caucasian War as the Imamate of Dagestan, resisting Russia's southward expansion. Though defeat in 1864 was harsher on the indigenous Circassians who suffered an ethnic purge as a result of the war, the Avars suffered nonetheless. Many migrated to the Ottoman empire rather than remain in Dagestan. Some did remain in the highlands only to be forced to migrate to the shores of the Caspian sea post World War Two by the Soviet government. This move had drastic consequences. Those of the Avar who had had to leave their highland homes were exposed to novel diseases such as Typhoid and Malaria not encountered at the altitudes the Avar had previously lived at, mortality rates increased greatly.

    Today the Avar suffer from a lack of coverage of the issues that threaten their culture and very existence. For example, they are currently at risk of being forcibly assimilated into Azerbaijani society as a result of a discriminatory government policy aimed at achieving this goal. There is some hope however, supplied by the upcoming conference for the 'Indigenous peoples of the Caucasus and Caspian region.' (5-7 October, 2012) Which could successfully deliver the rights the Avar and neighbouring groups require to ensure their own autonomy and well-being.

    Avar

  • The Awá (or Kwaiker, a name given to them by Spanish conquistadors and missionaries) traditionally inhabit the regions of northern Ecuador and southern Colombia. In Colombia, the Awa population is frequently targeted by paramilitary groups and the government's own military forces. In the past two years, there have been at least five Awa Massacres. According to the United Nations, the Awa are currently facing extinction, along with 33 other Indigenous Peoples in Colombia.

    Awa

  • Located in the Peruvian Amazon, the Awajún (sometimes referred to as Aguaruna) have a reputation for being some of the most skillful warriors in South America. They successfully defended their land from the Incas and expelled the Spanish Conquistadors. Historically living along the banks of the Marañón River in Peru, the Awajun--along with the Wampis, Shiwiar and Achuar in Peru and the Shuar and Achuar in Ecuador--belong to the Jíbaro ethno-linguistic family, which is one the largest ethno-linguistic families in the Amazon. With notes from the Organization for the Development of the Border Communities of El Cenepa, a group that represents 56 Awajun and Wampis communities.

    Awajun

  • Awas Tingni is a small indigenous Mayagna (Sumu) community of some 1,100 members on the Miskito Coast of Nicaragua, in the municipality of Waspam in the Región Autónoma del Atlántico Norte. In 2001 the Awas Tingni sued the Nicaraguan government and ultimately won a landmark human rights judgment, in which the Inter-American Court of Human Rights (IACHR) established the right of indigenous communities to their land as a basic human right. The judgment of Awas Tingni v. Nicaragua was made in 2001, but it was not until 2009 that Nicaragua surveyed and titled the land to the Mayagna.

    Awas Tingni

  • The Aweti, speakers of a Tupian language, live in the centre of the Upper Xingu region, between the Aruak groups to the west and south and the Carib groups to the east. Traditionally they played an important role among the Upper Xingu peoples as intermediaries in the circulation of news and wealth items and as hosts for travellers, but the catastrophic population loss experienced in the first decades of the 20th century, which almost led to their disappearance as a group, meant that their presence in the area became less visible. Undoubtedly, the Aweti comprise the least known of the Upper Xingu peoples and the same applies to their language. Following their demographic recovery, however, the Aweti are resuming much of their traditional cultural life and have looked to mark their presence in contemporary Upper Xingu society. You can learn more about the Aweti at socioambiental.org

    Aweti

  • Aymara Mother The Aymara or Aimara are an ancient people of herders and farmers that continue to use ancestral techniques. Over time, the Aymara spread from the shores of the Titicaca Lake and the Andean Mountains to the northeast of Argentina. Their territory expands over the borders of several nation states, including Bolivia, Peru and Chile. The Aymara economy depends on exchanges between producers from the higher and lower altitudes. In the Altiplano, people have abundant livestock but few plantations, while those living in the precordillera, produce plenty of vegetables, fruits and seeds, mainly due to their efficient system of traditional terraces. Their economy is based on reciprocity, or "ayne", that grants every Aymara the return of what is given. You can learn more about the Aymara at http://www.beingindigenous.org/regions/aymara/region_aymara.htm

    Aymara

  • Ayoreo The Totobiegosode are an indigenous sub-group of the Ayoreo people who hail from areas between both Bolivia and Paraguay along the Pilcomayo, Parapeti, and Grande rivers. They are considered the most isolated of all Ayoreo; as as many as three hundred Totobiegosode have chosen to live in isolation. The groups name reflects this, translating as 'people from the place of the wild pigs'. Ayoreo peoples speak Ayoreo languages of the Zamucoan family which is especially small and is considered endemic to specific areas of Bolivia and Paraguay. Those Totobiegosode who remain isolated are thought to maintain traditional practices observed in other groups. Living in small villages along rivers and amongst semi arid lowland forests the Totobiegosode grow a number of crops including squashes, beans and melons. To supplement their subsistence horticulture economy the Totobiegosode also hunt and gather, ensuring a diverse diet. As semi-nomadic people groups of Totobiegosode practice these lifeways in different locales across the year. Thought to be the only "uncontacted" indigenous people south of the Amazon basin it may be tempting to assume that this people have entirely avoided the attentions of those who would seek to ‘civilize’ and assimilate them. Unfortunately this could not be further from the truth. First contact with whites came in the 1940’s and 50’s during which invasions staged by Mennonite farmers were repelled and since around 1969 concerted efforts have been made by a number of groups to forcibly contact the Totobiegosode. Perhaps the key perpetrator of offences against this people is the US based fundamentalist New Tribes Mission. In both 1979 and 1986 this group forced contact upon those Totobiegosode in Paraguay who had actively chosen to reject it, the result was a number of native deaths due to direct conflict and also disease and an exodus to Bolivia. Many were also forced out of the forest into settlements as a result of this violation of Ayoreo autonomy, a phenomena repeated in the 90’s and in 2004 as groups were forced out of the forest due to continual invasion. Today some protection is supposed to have been afforded to the Totobiegosode, with Paraguayan law supposedly recognizing their indigenous title to their lands. Despite this Mennonite farmers, Paraguayan and Brazilian ranchers have been allowed to buy up huge amounts of Ayoreo traditional territory and have blocked their attempts to claim title whilst operating illegal extractions from the forest and destroying vast swathes. Brazilian firm Yaguarete Pora and their attempts to clear two thirds of their 78,000 hectare stake in Totobiegosode forest are the most recent and high profile aggressors and their supposed plans for a nature reserve for the people have been widely derided. Totobiegosode people who have already been forced into settlement are desperate to save their un-contacted kins people from the fate they have suffered. Settled Totobiegosode have been forced to live in individual family huts, unlike more communal traditional living arrangements. Unable to own land or claim their own they are forced to work as exploited labourers on the very ranches that are responsible for their dispossession in order to feed their families in an unfamiliar cash economy. To compound these issues the New Tribes Mission maintain a base nearby to the newly settled Totobiegosode and have suppressed many traditional customs and beliefs. Unless their lands can be saved and their autonomy respected the as yet un-contacted Ayore-Totobiegosode will face the cultural annihilation already being suffered by their brothers and sisters.. Photo from http://lastdaysoftheincas.com

    Ayoreo

  • The Aztecs, who referred to themselves as the Mexica (or Culhua-Mexica), are a Nahuatl-speaking people that dominated large parts of Mesoamerica. The Aztec Empire came down in the 1500s. Though Classical Nahuatl is an extinct language today, modern Nahuatl is spoken, in many different dialects, by more than two million indigenous Mexicans.

    Aztec

  • Known as the Babongo, Bongo, “Forest people” or as Pygmies this indigenous people inhabit the rainforest of Gabon in West Africa and have an estimated population of around twelve thousand people.

    There is no one Babongo language as groups speak three main dialects depending on region. In the central regions variations of Tsogho are spoken, in the South East it is the same but with Teke and Kaning'i as the starting languages. Interpretations of these vary between groups dependent on historical and cultural differences such as contact with Bantu speaking neighbours.

    As far as it is possible to tell the Babongo have always been hunter gatherers living in bands of up to twenty people, a situation suiting a traditionally nomadic lifestyle in a bio-diverse environment. Some Babongo, those from Lastoursville and Lebamba, are famed for using nets in their hunting activities, snaring bush meat to complement the plant stuffs provided by Babongo women and their encyclopedic knowledge of rainforest flora. As well as hunting and gathering. the Babongo have historically traded with Bantu farmers exchanging forest goods such as honey and meat for metal tools and guns to aid them in their hunting. Though in some respects this relationships has proved advantageous for the Babongo it has also left them open to exploitation at the hands of the Bantu as a recent UNICEF report shows.

    The Bantu often do not share the Babongo's positive view of themselves as the first people of the earth, yet they are often fearful of them. The Babongo are renowned sorcerers and boast a vibrant animistic tradition called 'Bwiti' which centres around the use of the hallucinogenic Iboga plant which some Bwiti experts believe to be the tree of knowledge. According to the Babongo Iboga can facilitate soothsaying, healing, and communion with the dead by liberating the soul of the body for a time.

    In light of this many Bantu do not wish to cross the Babongo but unfortunately the same cannot be said for others who today threaten the physical and cultural continuance of the Babongo. Commercial logging is rapidly depleting Gabon's rainforest with thirty percent already cleared. As a result of the vast roads bulldozed through the forest many Babongo have experienced the traditionally damaging effects of contact with the outside world, disease, violence and governmentality. Mortality rates have risen as the result of the first two of these results of deforestation whilst the governmental contribution has been to begin a resettlement programme to move the Babongo to villages beside the roads flayed from the forest. Here, considered as the backward remnant of Gabonese society, the Babongo suffer discrimination in the form of pitiful levels of access to healthcare and education.

    Despite the threat of assimilation there are hopes that the Babongo have a brighter future than the negative developments of recent years may suggest. Logging is being rapidly restricted as national parks are established across the country to encourage eco-tourism. In tandem efforts are being made to enable the Babongo to take their future into their own hands given this potentially beneficial transition. One way in which this is being attempted is through the innovative grassroots use of Participatory mapping technologies which have allowed some Babongo groups to commune and mark out their traditional territories, safe guarding them for future generations.

    Babongo

  • The Bakola-Bagyeli, also referred to by the generic name Pygmy, live predominantly in the tropical forests of Southern Cameroon.

    The population of around 3,700 have a mixed subsistence economy which incorporates hunting gathering and cultivation into daily life. In the past this would have meant the Bakola-Bagyeli moving around occasionally but as the group have come into greater contact with a cash economy agriculture has become more important to secure an income and groups are now thought to be more sedentary.

    Unfortunately the Bakola-Bagyeli have suffered a recent history of persecution in their home country and from foreign agents. Viewed as backward they have suffered from government and neighbouring Bantu groups attempts to settle them by highways and impose development. One particular issue which has had a negative impact on the Bakola-Bagyeli's struggle to protect their culture is the ID cards required under Cameroonian law. Most cannot afford these and without them access to the justice system and other public services is severely curtailed.

    Recently issues of this peoples marginalisation have been epitomised by their fight against an oil pipeline running through their lands. Despite plans for compensation being in place at the UN's insistence due to a lack of ID cards the World Bank failed to properly distribute it and much fell into the hands of Bantu who, with ID cards, 'captured' the funds.

    However there is cause for the Bakola-Bagyeli to be optimisitic and to strive for a recognised and autonomous future. Despite initial problems and exclusion they have now been allowed access to hunt and gather in the Campo Ma'an national park and using participatory mapping techniques alongside other 'Pygmy' groups have been able to lay a claim to their own territories as they, not others, see them. Their fight to survive continues.

    Bagyeli

  • The Baka Peoples, known in the Congo as Bayaka (Bebayaka, Bebayaga, Bibaya), are hunter-gatherers inhabiting the southeastern rain forests of Cameroon, northern Republic of Congo, northern Gabon, and southwestern Central African Republic. The Baka are sometimes referred to as a subgroup of the Twa, but the two peoples are not closely related. Likewise, the name "Baka" is sometimes mistakenly applied to other area peoples who, like the Baka and Twa, have been historically called pygmies (a term that is considered to be quite disrespectful). Unlike most other Central African Peoples, the Baka maintain a unique language, also called Baka. Although nearly all of their neighbors—including the Aka—speak Bantu languages, the Baka languages are of a different language family, Ubangian. In addition, many Baka speak Koozime, Bakoum, Bangandou, et al., the tongues of their respective Bantu neighbours, as second languages. A much smaller proportion speak French. Baka religion is animist. They worship a forest spirit known as Jengi, also called Djengi or Ejengi, whom they perceive as both a parental figure and guardian. Each successful hunt is followed by a dance of thanksgiving known as the Luma, which is accompanied by drumming and polyphonic singing. One of the most important traditional ceremonies is the Jengi, a long and secret rite of initiation which celebrates the boy's passage into adulthood, studied in depth by the anthropologist Mauro Campagnoli, who also could take part in it. The Baka practice traditional medicine, and their skills are such that even non-Baka often seek out their healers for treatment. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Baka Peoples Relevant Links

    Baka

  • The Bakola, traditionally hunter-gatherers, are one of three main Indigenous Peoples in Cameroon, along with the Baka in the East and the Bedjang in the Nditam region. Now settled in Kribi, the Bakola live in several small encampments along the main road linking Lolodorf, Bipindi and Kribi. [1] There are a number of inter-ethnic relationships in Cameroon. Most notably, Bantu cultivators and the Bakola have maintained a close relationship for centuries. This has led both the Bakola and Bantu to share the same perceptions of the forests, and develop a rich biological, linguistic and cultural interconnection. The Bakola themselves speak a Bantu language. Estimations of the population of the speakers of Bakola vary from 2,000 to 5,000. [2] The Forest has itself maintained a pivotal position in the relationship between the Bakola and other Bantu. However, they have "helplessly witnessed the exploitation of 'their' forest by the State and logging companies (authorized or otherwise), which has degraded their forest environment. The large-scale exploitation of the forest ecosystem and the absence of its sustainable management plan have had adverse consequences to the life of the people living in it." [4] References 1. Food Consumption In Three Forest Populations Of The Southern Coastal Area Of Cameroon: Yassa – Mvae – Bakola 2. Bakola documentation project 3. The Relationship Between The Bakola And The Bantu Peoples Of The Coastal Regions Of Cameroon And Their Perception Of Commercial Forest Exploitation

    Bakola

  • BaluchistanThe Baluch (or Baloch) are an ethnic group that belong to the larger Iranian peoples. Baluch people mainly inhabit the region of Baluchestan in the southeast corner of the Iranian plateau in Western Asia.

    Baluch

  • Barbaig mamaThe Barabaig, with a population of at least 30,000, are perhaps the most widely known of the Datooga (Datoga, Tatoga) Pastoralists in Tanzania. In fact, they are so well known that people sometimes mistakenly refer to the Datoga as Barabaig. Though decimated by European colonizers, the Datoga Peoples have retained much of their culture and livelihood which resembles that of the Maasai and the Hadzabe. Sadly, the violence and marginalization endured by the Datoga , has persisted over the decades, and for much the same reasons. The Barabaig themselves have been in dispute with the Tanzania Canada Wheat Project since 1969. The joint international effort has "alienated over 400,000 hectares of the best grazing land in Hanang district. The dispute has been accompanied by numerous abuses against Barabaig, including assault, house burnings, shooting and confiscation of cattle, destruction of rights of way and a desecration of sacred sites, including destruction of graves by ploughing," says Minority Rights International. More recently, "in 2005 the African Commission on Human and People’s Rights adopted a report of the Working Group of Experts on Indigenous Populations/Communities. The report found that Barabaig displacement has continued to various parts of Tanzania and Malawi, with other communities routinely objecting to their presence," continues Minority Rights. The Barabaig's ancestral lands is still in the hands of the government, and there is talk of it being sold to willing buyers.

    Barabaig

  • Often referred to as the "Motilones" the Bari are an offshoot of the Chibcha-speaking Muisca People, who specialized in metalworks. The Muisca were one of the most politically-advanced Indigenous Peoples in South America. They maintained a Confederacy not unlike the Haudenosaunee Confederacy. Over the centuries, the Bari have suffered a constant loss of territory which now spans through northeastern Colombia and western Venezuela. Their population is estimated at roughly 3,600 people.

    Bari

  • BedouinsThe Bedouin are a part of a predominantly desert-dwelling Arab ethnic group traditionally divided into tribes or clans, known in Arabic as ʿašāʾir (عَشَائِر). . The term "Bedouin" means, "those who live in bādiyah" or "those who live in the desert". Starting in the late 19th century, many Bedouin under British rule began to transition to a semi-nomadic lifestyle. In the 1950s and 1960s, large numbers of Bedouin throughout the Middle East started to leave the traditional, nomadic life to settle in the cities of the Middle East, especially as hot ranges have shrunk and population levels have grown. For example, in Syria the Bedouin way of life effectively ended during a severe drought from 1958 to 1961, which forced many Bedouin to give up herding for standard jobs. Similarly, government policies in Egypt and Israel, oil production in the Persian Gulf, as well as a desire for development has effectively led most Bedouin to become settled citizens of various nations, rather than "stateless" nomadic herders. Government policies pressuring the Bedouin have in some cases been executed in an attempt to provide services such as schools, health care and law enforcement; but others have been based on the desire to seize the Bedouin's traditional lands, such as the case in Israel. There are an estimated 3 million Bedouin living in Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Libya, Egypt, Israel, Syria and Sudan.

    Bedouin

  • The Bedzang are also known as the Tikar and generically as a Pygmy people. They live predominantly in the Ngambe-Tikar region of Central Cameroon and their population is thought to be very small with estimates as low as 1,000.

    In this region a number of languages are spoken including Twumwu, Badogo and others; but the Bedzang instead speak Tikar which is a Bantu language. This has led some to know them as Tikar; but they are in fact a distinct group.

    Traditionally the Bedzang were semi-nomadic hunter gatherers; but in recent times, with threats posed to their traditional land rights, they are becoming increasingly sedentary. This is a common feature amongst Cameroon's 'Pygmy' peoples. The Bedzang have practiced small scale farming for generations now due to these changes and their main cash crops include coffee and cocoa. However, they are often unable achieve a good price for these products and to trade fairly in their local and global market systems. Furthermore, their livelihoods themselves continue to be threatened by logging concessions on or close to their lands. In the absence fair market participation and an outside respect for Bedzang lands their culture, language and existence remains at risk.

    Bedzang

  • The term “Berber” is often used to refer to the Amazigh, the Indigenous Peoples of Northwest Africa. However, given the origins of the word, it is considered to be offensive. The word is derived from the Roman word for “barbarian”. During the days of the Roman Empire, the word was applied to anyone who did not speak Latin. To learn more, please visit our page for the Amazigh Peoples.

    Berber

  • Bidayuh LadyBidayuh is the collective name for several indigenous peoples found in southern Sarawak, on the island of Borneo, that are broadly similar in language and culture. The name "Bidayuh" means 'inhabitants of land'. Originally from the western part of Borneo, the collective name Land Dayaks was first used during the period of Rajah James Brooke, the White Rajah of Sarawak. With a population reaching 200,000 people, the Bidayuh constitute one of the main indigenous peoples in Sarawak. Adapted from Wikipedia's article about the Bidayuh People.

    Bidayuh

  • Original AboriginalThe Siksika ('black feet', from siksinam 'black', ka the root of oqkatsh, 'foot'. The origin of the name is disputed, but it is commonly believed to have reference to the discoloring of their moccasins by the ashes of the prairie fires; it may possibly have reference to black-painted moccasins such as were worn by the Pawnee, Sihasapa, and other tribes). An important Algonquian confederacy of the northern plains, consisting of three subtribes, the Siksika proper or Blackfeet, the Kainah or Bloods, and the Piegan, the whole body being popularly known as Blackfeet. In close alliance with these are the Atsina and the Sarsi.

    Blackfeet

  • 사본 - 11. Bodi men 2The Bodi or Me'en people live close to the Omo River in southern Ethiopia. South of the Bodi are the Mursi tribe. They are pastoralists (livestock farmers) and agriculturalists. Along the banks of the river, they will grow sorghum, mais and coffee. They live with their cattle herds and livestock plays a large role in the tribe. Men of the Bodi are typically overweight because they consume large amounts of honey. The men wear a strip of cotton around their waist or walk around naked. In June, the Bodi celebrate Ka'el. This is a tradition that measures the body fat of a contestant. Each family or clan is allowed to enter an unmarried contestant. The winner of this contest is awarded great fame by the tribe. Men also wear a headband with a feather attached to it during rituals. The women in the tribe wear goatskin skirts and have a plug inserted into their chin. By http://www.omovalley.com/

    Bodi

  • fiesta de los diablitosThe Boruca (also known as the Brunca or the Brunka) are an indigenous people living in Costa Rica. The tribe has about 2,660 members, most of whom live on a reservation in the Puntarenas Province in southwestern Costa Rica. The ancestors of the modern Boruca made up a group of chiefdoms that ruled most of Costa Rica's Pacific coast, from Quepos to what is now the Panamanian border, including the Osa Peninsula. Boruca traditionally spoke the Boruca language, which is now nearly extinct. Like their ancestors the Boruca are known for their art and craftwork, especially weaving and their distinctive painted balsa wood masks, which have become popular decorative items among Costa Ricans and tourists. These masks are important elements in the Borucas' annual Danza de los Diablitos ceremony, celebrated every winter since at least early colonial times. The Danza depicts the resistance of the "Diablito", representing the Boruca people, against the Spanish conquistadors. The majority of the indigenous population throughout Costa Rica makes their living from agriculture, and for this reason the reduction of indigenous lands and its occupation by non-indigenous people has a serious effect on the livelihood of those who live on the reservas. Article Three of the Indigenous Law of Costa Rica specifically states, "Non-indigenous [people] may not rent or buy … lands or farms included within these reserves." According to Article 5, the ITCO (the Institute of Lands and Colonization) must relocate the non-indigenous land owners of good faith in the Reserves, or expropriate and indemnify them. Despite this, large portions of the population on the reserves are non-indigenous, and large portions of the land are not owned by indigenous people. Specifically, only 43.9% of the land in Boruca was in indigenous hands in 1994, while indigenous individuals made up only 46.9% of the population. The situation was worse yet in the neighboring reserve of Rey Curré, where only 23.3% of the land was owned by indigenous people, while a full 58.9% of the population was indigenous. The Indigenous Law defines indigenous people as those who “constitute ethnic groups descendant directly from pre-Columbian civilizations that conserve their own identity”.

    Boruca

  • The Brao (Bru, Bruu, Brou) are swidden rice cultivators located throughout Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos. Their total population is estimated at 129,559.

    Brao

  • The Bribri, located in the mountains and low-lying coastal areas of southern Costa Rica and northern Panama, are the original inhabitants of Talamanca. The Bribri are sometimes referred to as "the hidden people" because of their extreme isolation from Costa Rica's public life. [1]. Fortunately, that isolation has allowed the Bribri to maintain their language, culture and their economy. The Bribri are agriculturalists; and with more than 120 wild and domestic crops, they are relatively self-sufficient. [2] There are four Bribri reservations in total: the Talamanca Bribri and Këköldi on the Atlantic watershed, and the Salitre and Cabagra on the Pacific watershed. The Bribri's population on reserve is about 11,500; although, according to some estimates, their true population is closer to 35,000.

    Bribri

  • Also known as the Ilongot, the Bugkalot Indigenous Peoples in the southern Sierra Madre and Caraballo Mountains, on the east side of Luzon Island in the Philippines. Presently, there are about 2,500 Bugkalots. However, the their language,  the Ilongot language, is spoken by roughly 50,000 people.

    Bugkalot

  • The Carib, properly known as the Kalinago, are Dominica's indigenous people, inhabiting a 3,700 acres territory or reserve on the eastern coast of the island. Migrating in waves from South America from as early as the 3,000BC, various tribes made Dominica their home and by 1,000AD were well settled, calling the island "Wai'tukubuli" meaning 'Tall is her body' in the Kalinago language. Despite fiercely resisting European colonization for centuries, the Kalinagos eventually succumbed to the disease, greed, and tyranny unleashed by the Spanish, English and French colonizing forces. Their grip on the island slowly slipped away with each major European offensive. In 1903, the British Administrator of the time, Heskith Bell, agreed to allocate 3,700 acres to the Caribs, and also officially recognized the Carib Chief with ceremonial adornments and a financial allowance. Today, approximately 2,200 Caribs inhabit this enclave now known as the Carib Territory.

    Carib

  • Cashinahua or Kashinawa (Kash- 'bat' or 'cannibal', nawa- 'outsiders') is the name commonly given to this group by other indigenous peoples living in Brazil and Peru along the waters of the Curanja and Purus rivers. However, their self designated name is Huni Kuin which means 'real people'. The Huni Kuin speak hancha kuin - 'real words', a Panoan language, in the number of small settlements in which they live. Two thirds of Huni Kuin live in Brazil, mostly in Acre and the South of Amazonas state whilst a third hail from Peru, predominantly the state of Coronel Portillo. Population estimates vary greatly and taking both countries into account estimates range from 2,400 to 7,500.*

    The Huni Kuin have a mixed subsistence economy that consists of hunting, fishing and gathering to supplement staples of Manioc and Plantain which they grow using swidden agricultural techniques. Villages, Mae kuin, are the main productive units and consist of a few extended families grouped matrilocally. However, despite the village autonomy, all Huni Kuin consider themselves bound to all others by the same name. They are known for their use of the powerfully hallucinogenic Liana plant and also as great artists, painting themselves and adorning many objects with designs and motifs of Kene Kuin- 'true design.'

    The Huni Kuin's history since first contact has involved a great deal of hardship. Many were forced to migrate from their original home on the Envira river's three affluents as early as the turn of the Twentieth Century, pressured and sometimes massacred by Brazilian rubber extractors in acts of organized violence to destroy 'wild' indians. The relationship between the Huni Kuin and forest prospectors seemed to improve in some cases around the 1940s when some began to seek contact and to offer their services working lumber and wild rubber. Unfortunately, poor treatment undermined this harmony and they broke off relations once more. Some Huni Kuin who were 'tamed' still bear the brands of their former 'owners' and today the real people still question their own logic in seeking contact. A handful became independent rubber trader or livestock owners for a time but most are no longer involved. Distrust for outsiders was further enhanced when the 1951 visit of an ethnographer was followed by a disease epidemic, wiping out a huge proportion of the population. Some groups did choose and maintain isolation from contact.

    Today most still live in the villages they migrated to; though some have moved to cities such as Santa Rosa in Brazil. Alongside their traditional lifeways which the Huni Kuin staunchly defend they sell artifacts and forest goods to earn money and Western culture has been accepted in some forms. It is not uncommon to see the Huni Kuin use Western boats, tools or wear Western clothing. Brazilian groups tend to have been more greatly influenced in this respect.

    Cashinahua

  • The Indigenous Chachi originally lived in Ecuador's highlands, but in the face of the Incan and Spanish conquistadors, they fled to the Pacific Coast. Though the Chachi have faced a great deal of pressure from modern Ecuador to assimilate, many still maintain a traditional way of life. And three particular communities, found in the buffer zone of the Cotacachi-Cayapas National Park, are payed to act as rainforest guardians to ensure that the environmental integrity of their area is maintained. With notes from Terralingua

    Chachi

  • The Chagossians congregated at the Royal Geographical Society. #ChagosChagossian (also Îlois or Chagos Islanders) Peoples are the traditional indigenous inhabitants of the Chagos Islands. After being deported from their homeland by the British government in the late 1960s and early 1970s, most Chagossians today live in Mauritius and the United Kingdom.

    Chagos

  • Chatino is the Spanish name of an indigenous people of southern central Mexico, and also of their language, the Chatino language. Chatino communities are located in the southeastern region of the state of Oaxaca. Speakers of Chatino are numbered around 23,000 (Ethnologue surveys), but ethnic Chatinos may number many more. They call themselves Kitse Cha'tño and their language Cha'tña. Traditionally many Chatino people have been involved in agriculture, which depends very much on the climate, so some Chatinos have had to emigrate to the corners of the district of Juquila to work on coffee plantations. Most Chatino communities have public services, and there are runways for airports in many municipalities. The traditional authorities of this people are organized in a system based on civil and religious roles, in which advice from elders is treated as the greatest authority. You can learn more about the Chatino at http://www.everyculture.com/Middle-America-Caribbean/Chatino.html

    Chatino

  • CherokeeThe Cherokee (who refer to themselves as Tsalagi or Aniyvwiya'i) historically settled in the Southeastern United States. There are three federally recognized Cherokee tribes: the Cherokee Nation and the Keetoowah Band in Oklahoma and the Eastern Band of Cherokees in North Carolina. You can learn more about the Cherokee People at Peoples of the World

    Cherokee

  • Cheyenne Grandmother Margaret Behan blesses the eventThe Cheyenne are a Plains People, who are of the Algonquian language family. In the centuries before European contact, the Cheyenne were at times allied with bands of the Lakota (Sioux) and Arapaho. In the 18th century, they migrated west away from Lakota warriors, but by the next century, bands of Lakota had followed them into the Black Hills and Powder River Country. By the mid-nineteenth century, they were sometimes allied with other Plains peoples. The Cheyenne Nation formed into ten bands, spread across the Great Plains, from southern Colorado to the Black Hills in South Dakota. At the same time, they created a centralized structure through ritual ceremonies, such as the Sun Dance. When gathered, the bands leaders met in formal council. The name "Cheyenne" derives from Dakota Sioux exonym for them, Šahíyena (meaning "little Šahíya"). Though the identity of the Šahíya is not known, many Great Plains tribes assume it means Cree or some other people who spoke an Algonquian language related to Cree and Cheyenne.[5] The Cheyenne word for Ojibwa is "Sáhea'eo'o," a word that sounds similar to the Dakota word Šahíya. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Cheyenne People

    Cheyenne

  • The Tsimane' (Chimane, Chiman) are Amazonian forager-horticulturalists inhabiting a vast area of lowland forests, and savannas east of the Andes in the Beni department of Bolivia. The Tsimane make a living through swidden agriculture, hunting, fishing, gathering, and occasional wage labor. Approximately 9000 Tsimane' live in about 80 small villages, typically consisting of extended family clusters (50-150 people) that vary considerably in river access, surrounding game densities and access to market goods. There also exists great variation in the extent of integration into the larger Bolivian society and economy among the Tsimane, continuously increasing with proximity to towns. While no villages have running water or electricity, up to 30 villages now house schools where students learn to read and write in both Tsimane and Spanish. You can learn more about the Tsimane' at The Tsimane Health and Life History Project

    Chiman

  • Chin, meaning fellow or friend, is one of a number of names of this large indigenous group. Others include Kuki, Hkyang Iu, Myui and Chin-Kuki-Mizo. The Chin are Burma's largest indigenous population, living mostly in the country's Chin State. Chin groups also inhabit areas of India, especially Mizoram, and Bangladesh. These various Chin groups speak as many as forty nine variations of the Kukish language. The largest Chin population is based in Burma and stands at an estimated 1.5 million people.

    It is thought that the Chin migrated to Burma in the late Ninth Century before moving west to establish what is now the Chin State. There are many groups amongst the Chin, hence the collective name Chin-Kuki-Mizo, and a great deal of diversity in situation and practice; however most were and continue to be agriculturalists growing rice, corn and millet as staples and saleable goods.

    Some attempts have been made to unify the various Chin groups in the past. One successful example is the establishment of the Mizoram State in India as a result of the collective Mizo National Movement which called on the Chin to unite under their common linguistic and ethnic roots. However, today differences and diversity remain and have grown, for example in the field of belief. The Chin were once animists but due to British colonialism most are Christian whilst others practice a range of faiths from Theravada Buddhism to Judaism. One particular group of Chin claims to be a lost tribe of Israel, the Bnei Menashe, some of whom have been settled in Israel.

    In recent times the Chin have labelled themselves a forgotten people in Burma. Subjected to numerous abuses there at the hands of the brutal SPDC government and the Tatmadaw, many Chin have fled the country and become refugees. Yet the Chin often find that this transition is one similarly plagued by torture, extortion and unfair retention, sometimes at the hands of their own forces. The Chin National Front and The Chin Army have both been implicated in human rights abuses of their own people. For those who have successfully fled Burma life as a refugee can be hard, in Mizoram State they struggle for recognition and protection, constantly facing deportation alongside the challenges of malnutrition and religious repression. In the USA Chin migrants are amongst the poorest and suffer a great deal from alcohol and tobacco abuse, severely affecting the populations health.

    These struggles continue today and many Chin make the long march to New Delhi to gain full refugee recognition, with around a thousand able to achieve this and passage to a third country. However with the radical transitions in Burma, including the founding of a democratically elected government, there is hope that the abuses felt by the Chin in their homeland will abate, stemming the exodus and the problems it has brought the Chin.

    Chin

  • The Chipewyan (Denesoline or Denesuline) are a Dene people in Canada, whose ancestors were the Taltheilei. There are approximately 11,000 Chipewyan living in the Canadian Arctic regions around Hudson Bay, including Manitoba and the Northwest Territories, as well as northern parts of Alberta and Saskatchewan.

    Chipewyan

  • The Chiquitano (Chiquito) people was formed by the amalgamation of different Indigenous groups put together in villages of Jesuit missions in the 17th Century. Living in the region of the border between Brazil and Bolivia, they were compulsorily dragged into political conflicts and cultural differences caused by a territorial division they had nothing to do with. The large majority of this people is in Bolivia. Those who live in Brazil have been exploited as cheap labor by landowners, who also represent a constant threat of invasion of the few territories left to them. But the Chiquitano have been struggling for the right for an Indigenous Land of their own, which is in the process of being identified by Funai, and that may ensure the continuity of their cultural identity. There are an estimated 108,000 Chiquitanos living in Brazil and Bolivia. You can learn more about the Chiquitano at http://pib.socioambiental.org/en/povo/chiquitano

    Chiquitano

  • Cofan spiritual elder Located in what is now northeastern Ecuador and southeastern Colombia, the Cofan (A’i) are a riverine people that firmly established themselves in the headwaters of several rivers in the area Today numbering less than 2,000, the Cofan are establishing themselves as the vanguard of indigenous conservation efforts, taking on the task of caring for over a million acres of rain forest in Ecuador and large areas in adjacent Colombia. You can learn more about the Cofan at their official website, cofan.org

    Cofan

  • Speaking the Uto-Aztecan language, the Comanche people historically lived in present-day Eastern New Mexico, Southern Colorado, Southern Kansas, all of Oklahoma, and most of Northern and Southern Texas. There are approximately 10,000 Comanche alive today, almost half of whom live in the state of Oklahoma You can learn more about the Comanche at http://www.crystalinks.com/comanche.html

    Comanche

  • A Miluk-speaking peoples, the Coos were permanent residents of an area surrounding the shores of Boos Bay in what is now the state of Oregon. At the time of contact with European settlers, there were an estimated 2,000 Coosans living in 40-50 villages. Since signing a Treaty in 1855, the Coos have been living under a confederated government (the Confederated Tribes of the Coos, Lower Umpqua, and Siuslaw Indians) with the Lower Umpqua and Siuslaw Indigenous Peoples.

    Coos

  • WhiteBear Cree First Nation - by Smulan77, on Flickr The Cree are one of the largest Indigenous Nations in North America, with a population of over 200,000 people. In Canada, the major proportion of Cree live north and west of Lake Superior, in Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and the Northwest Territories, although 15,000 live in eastern Quebec. In the United States, this Algonquian-speaking people lived historically from Lake Superior westward. Today, they live mostly in Montana, where they share a reservation with the Ojibway (Chippewa). The name "Cree" is derived from the Algonkian-language exonym Kiristino, which the Ojibway used for tribes around Hudson Bay. The French colonists and explorers, who spelled the term Kilistinon, Kiristinon, and Cristinaux, used the term for numerous tribes which they encountered north of Lake Superior, in Manitoba, and west of there. Depending on the community, the Cree may call themselves by the following names: the nehiyaw, nihithaw, nehilaw, and nehinaw; or ininiw, ililiw, iynu (innu), or iyyu. These names are derived from the historical autonym nehiraw (uncertain meaning) or from the historical autonym iriniw (meaning "person"). Cree using the latter autonym tend to be those living in the territories of Quebec and Labrador. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Cree People

    Cree

  • The Crow, also called the Absaroka or Apsáalooke, are a Siouan-language tribe of Native Americans who historically lived in the Yellowstone River valley. They now live on a reservation south of Billings, Montana. Tribal headquarters are located at Crow Agency, Montana. The name of the tribe, Apsáalooke, was translated into French by interpreters as gens du corbeaux (people of [the] crows). It means "children of the large-beaked bird," [1] a name given by their neighboring tribe, the Hidatsa. The bird, perhaps now extinct, was defined as a fork-tailed bird resembling the blue jay or magpie. In 1743 the Absaroka first encountered people of European descent - the two La Vérendrye brothers from French Canada. The explorers called the Apsáalooke beaux hommes (handsome men). The Crow called the French Canadians baashchíile (persons with yellow eyes). The Crow Nation's current total population is estimated at about 12,000 people. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Crow Peoples

    Crow

  • Referring to themselves as Xawill kwnchawaay (Those Who Live on the River), the Cucapa are a Yuman-speaking people who historically lived along the lower Colorado River and delta for centuries. Today, the Cucapa (sometimes spelled Cocopah or Cocopa) mainly inhabit three communities in Southern California, northern Baja California, Mexico, and southwest Arizona.

    Cucapa

  • The Culina, whose self chosen name is Madija - 'Those who are people' - are an indigenous group living in five territories on the Brazil-Peru border. These territories are all recognized indigenous lands which the Madija share with groups such as the Huni Kuin, Yaminawa and others and centre around the Jurua and Purus rivers, tributaries of the Amazon.

    One of the most numerous indigenous groups in this area, figures from the turn of the millennium estimate the Madija population to be around three thousand, with the majority living in Brazil. The Madija speak a highly variable language known as Culina Madiha, of the Arawa linguistic family. It is of great interest to linguists and lexicographers as the male and female dialects are quite distinct and women speak versions of Culina Madiha almost exclusive to their own village.

    The Madija are especially well known for two aspects of their culture. First is that their cosmological, social and physical words revolve around a central axis, the principle of reciprocity. The structure of the universe, made up of sky (Meme), Earth (Nami) and the world below (Nami budi) is echoed in the Madija's physical living arrangements. Reciprocity also governs their social relationships where the ideal is a cyclical continuation of a sharing system by which the Madija live by giving and gaining sustenance from one another. The second outstanding feature the Madija are known for is their use of music, which is also profoundly social. Young men play flutes to send love messages, the intended recipient is know to all and so the sound of the flute allows the whole community to share acollectively amorous experience. Madija women are know to sing almost all day and music and song are thought to evoke all worlds, expressing the whole.

    The Madija operate similar subsistence strategies to other groups in the area, they have a mixed economy and hunt, gather, fish and keep pigs. They have traded with the outside world during various times in their history, beginning with commercial plant traders from whom they purchased industrial products in return for forest goods. However relations werenot always as amicable as reported in these cases. WIth the dawn of the rubber boom came the Madija's first concerted contact with Whites, Brazilian rubber extractors and Peruvian Cacheiros. The Madija were subjected to repeated violent incursions, 'correiras', from these strangers, taken as slaves whilst fleeing to more inaccessible parts of the forest. After forced contact for a long period, an alliance with the Huni Kuin (Cashinahua) in 1984 allowed the demarcation of the Alto Purus region as indigenous land , a move later formalized by FUNAI.

    Further lands have since been claimed in nearby areas such as the Humaita river zone and in the area of The Pau Stream and legal ownership established. Despite this the Madija still suffer illegal incursions by ranchers, poachers and loggers but remain committed to expelling these raiders, continuing their traditional practices and finding a long term solution to ceasing unwanted and illegal contact.

    Culina

  • The Dakelh or Carrier are the Indigenous People from the Central Interior of British Columbia, Canada. Most Carrier call themselves Dakelh, meaning "people who go around by boat". The term Carrier is an Engligh translation of the name "Aghele" used by the neighboring Sekani People to describe the Dakelh. In French, the Dakelh are referred to as les Porteurs, which means the same thing as Carrier. Traditional Dakelh territory streches from Stewart lake in the north to the area around the city of Quesnel in the south-east and west to the Hazelton Mountains and the Kitimat Ranges of the Coast Mountains. The current Dakelh population is estimated at about 6,000 people. Dakelh "First Nations" include the Lheidli T'enneh, Nadleh Whut'en, Wet'suwet'en, Nak'azdli and Takla Lake among others. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Dakelh People.

    Dakelh

  • The Dasanech: how many ways to carry the goodsTraditionally pastoralists, the Daasanach are one of the largest Indigenous Peoples in Ethiopia with a population estimated to be about 48,000 people. Their main homeland is in the Debub Omo Zone, around the Northern side of Lake Turkana in southern Ethiopia. In recent years, the Daasanach have become more agropastoral, growing sorghum, maize, pumpkins and beans in addition to herding goats and cattle. The Daasanach are sometimes referred to as the Merille--especially by their neighbours, the Turkana of Kenya.

    Dassanech

  • Reisernte 1 The Dayak or Dyak are a people indigenous to the island of Borneo. It is a loose term for over 200 riverine and hill-dwelling peoples, each with their own dialect, customs, laws, territory and culture. Some of the more well-known Dayak Peoples include the Kayan and Kenyah, the Ibans, the Penan, the Ngajus and Baritos. Adapted from Wikipedia article on the Dayak People.

    Dayak

  • feeding the fireAlso known as the Deh Gah Got'ine or the Slavey, the Dehcho are a part of the Dene Nation. Historically, the Dehcho lived and travelled along the Mackenzie River (called the Dehcho, or "Big River") in the Northwest Territories of Canada. The Dehcho today are represented by the Deh Cho First Nations Tribal Council, which is made up of 14 First Nations. Other members of the Dene include the Chipewyan, Dogrib, Yellowknife and Sahtu Dene.

    Dehcho

  • The Dene were the first people to live in the Northwest Territories following the glacial retreat about 14,500 years ago. The word "Dene", when translated, is broken down into two words: "De" meaning flow and "Ne" meaning Mother Earth. Today, most Dene live in communities; however, they still maintain a close relationship to the land. Dene Peoples include the Chipewyan (Denesuline), Dogrib, Yellowknife, Slavey and the Sahtu.

    Dene

  • The Diaguita , also called Diaguita-Calchaquí, are a group of South American indigenous peoples. The Diaguita culture developed between the 8th and 16th centuries in what are now the provinces of Salta, Catamarca, La Rioja and Tucumán in northwestern Argentina, and in the Atacama and Coquimbo regions of northern Chile. The Diaguita were one of the most advanced Pre-Columbian cultures in Argentina. They had sophisticated architectural and agricultural techniques, including irrigation, and are known for their ceramic art. You can learn more about the Diaguita at beingindigenous.org

    Diaguita

  • More commonly known as the Navajo, the Dineh (Dine) are one of the most populous of Indigenous Nations in North America. In the 2000 U.S. census, 298,197 people claimed to be fully or partly of Dineh ancestry Speaking an Athabaskan language of Na-Dené stock, the Dineh have more speakers than any other Indigenous language north of the U.S.-Mexico border, with 170,717 self-reported speakers in 2007. The traditional home of the Dineh is on the Colorado Plateau in northwestern New Mexico and northeastern Arizona, where the Dineh continue to reside today. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Navajo People

    Dineh

  • Dogon dancersThe Dogon are an Indigenous People, living in the central plateau region of Mali, south of the Sahara Desert in Africa. The Dogon population numbers somewhere between 400,000 and 800,000. The Dogon are best known for their mythology, their mask dances, wooden sculptures and their architecture. The past century has seen significant changes in the social organization, material culture and beliefs of the Dogon, partly because Dogon country is one of Mali's major tourist attractions. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Dogon.

    Dogon

  • Chatikona - district RayagadaThe Dongria Kondh (also known as the Dongria Kondhas) are Indigenous Peoples who inhabit the plateaus of the Niyamgiri hill ranges in Orissa, India. The Dongria Kondh call themselves "Jharnia" a term that means "those who live by the Jharana" (streams). Unlike other Indigenous Peoples of India, the Dongria Kondh are accomplished horticulturists, farming on the mountain ranges of Niyamgiri.

    Dongria Kondh

  • DSC08962.jpgLiving along the desolated coasts of Lake Turkana, the El Molo are the smallest Indigenous Peoples in Kenya, numbering about 300 people. They live on lava rock of the southeast shore of Lake Turkana. Their dwellings resemble igloos, built from what scrub vegetation of the volcanic wasteland has to offer.

    Elmolo

  • The Embera People live in the Darien of Panama and the department of Choco in Colombia. In Panama they inhabit the same areas as the Waounan with whom they share many cultural similarities. The Embera-Wounaan were formerly known by the name Chocó, and they speak the Choco language. In Colombia, the Embera have an estimated population of about 71,000, making them the third largest indigenous group in the Country. You can learn more about Embera at nativeplanet.org

    Embera

  • Enawene-NaweThe Enawene Nawe are a relatively isolated Indigenous people in Mato Grosso state, Brazil. Numbering around 500, the Enawene Nawe are perhap, best known for their unique fishing techniques. During the fishing season, Enawene Nawe men build dams across rivers and spend several months camped nearby, catching and smoking the fish. Fish is an essential part of the Enawene Nawe diet and their culture, as demonstrated by rituals such as Yãkwa--an exchange of food between humans and spirits that takes four months. The Enawene Nawe are also well known for the fact that they do not hunt or consume any red meat. Today, Enawene Nawe are in danger of being wiped out by corporations who are encroaching on their landa and polluting their rivers. Learn more about the Enawene Nawe at http://www.survivalinternational.org/tribes/enawenenawe

    Enawene Nawe

  • Endorois The Endorois people are are semi-nomadic pastoralists, who earn their livelihood through the rearing of livestock, Beekeeping and subsistence farming. In the early 1970s the Endorois were evicted from their ancestral lands around Lake Bogoria by the Government of Kenya, to make way for the Lake Bogoria Game Reserve. Never receiving adequate compensation for the eviction or the systematic repression they endured, the vast majority of the Endorois people today live in severe poverty. You can learn more about the Endorois at www.endorois.org

    Endorois

  • The Enxet Peoples identify as either Northern or Southern Enxet but are also referred to under the more generic names of Maskoy and Lengua-Maskoy, neither of which are sensitive to Enxet self identification. Part of the reason for the use of these terms with relation to the Enxet is that they speak a language known as Lengua. Part of the Maskoy linguistic group there are estimated to be around 15,000 speakers of Lengua, not all of whom are Enxet. Hailing from the Gran Chaco region of Paraguay, this group traditionally inhabited an extensive territory upon which they were able to live as self sufficient hunter gatherers. A wide range of forest animals, from Iguanas to Capybaras, were hunted, complementing vegetable matter gathered as the main contribution to a hunter-gatherer diet. The forest also yielded special products such as honey and medicines for the Enxet. Unfortunately, this way of life has been subjected to many harmful interferences at the hands of the state and corporate enterprise over the course of recent history. Though remaining largely independent of the Paraguayan state for a long period, the indigenous peoples of the Gran Chaco region fell victim to state sponsored development initiatives in the 1930‘s following the Chaco war. The aim of these was primarily to relocate and settle indigenous people including the Enxet, bringing them under state measures of control. Religious missions have played a large role in re-settlement programmes which in turn suit their purposes, concentrating the Enxet population and thus allowing more effective evangelisation. Today most Southern Enxet live on four small reservations under the jurisdiction of the nglican church whilst the rest of their considerable territory has been claimed without permission by non-native landowners and corporate ranchers. Others live in small, settled indigenous ‘colonies’ where it is said they can be self sufficient units still. However, unused to the practice of agriculture and due to a poor quality of soil many settled Enxet have been forced into waged labour on ranches on their own lands in order to survive in unfamiliar conditions. This is a chain of events familiar to many other indigenous groups in the region, transformed from autonomous peoples into a labouring class. In an attempt to reverse the losses and sufferings of the last eighty years and more the Enxet have made many land claims in the last two decades. These have often been met by the refusal of the state, legal blocks and harassment by those who have moved in on lands that are traditionally Enxet. There have been several reports of ranchers burning Enxet houses, trying to flush those Enxet who remain autonomous out of the forests and generally perpetrating violence against them. Despite the numerous obstacles there has been some good news in the form of successful land claims. In 2011, for example, ninety Enxet families were finally given access to an area of land that they were legally granted title to in 2006. They had been living in sub-human conditions next to a highway in dire poverty. Many Enxet are still waiting in squalor for their claims to be granted or heard routinely suffering political repression and chronically poor access to healthcare as well as their traditional lands. Left unable to practice their lifeways and prevented from accessing the benefits supposedly granted by development the Enxet have been pushed into a situation which directly violates the Paraguayan constitution. This states that Paraguayan indigenous groups have a right to "preserve and develop their ethnic identity," a right which is clearly not being afforded to the Enxet.

    Enxet

  • With a population estimated at about 450, the Epera are one of several under-represented Indigenous peoples in the Amazon rainforest. Historically, the Epera lived on either side of the Colombia-Ecuador border. However, due to the constant violence in southern Colombia--a country where 32 indigenous peoples are now at risk of extinction--most Epera now live on a recently-secured 340-hectare plot of land, along the Cayapas River in Ecuador. Other names for the Epera include: Siapede, Wamuna, Emberá-Saija, Epéna, Saija, Epená Saija, Epéna Pedée, Southern Embera, Southern Empera and Cholo

    Epera

  • Evenk Formerly known as the Tungus or Tunguz, the Evenks are an Indigenous People of central and eastern Siberia, Mongolia, and Inner Mongolia. In addition to the general name, the Evenk (or Evenki, which means simply "person" or "people") also identify themselves by the names of their clans. In Russia, the Evenks are recognized as one of the Indigenous peoples of the Russian North, with a population of roughly 35,500 people. In China, the Evenki are one of 56 Indigenous Peoples recognized by the People's Republic of China, with a population of 30,500.

    Evenk

  • Fijian people are the major indigenous people of the Fiji Islands, and live in an area informally called Melanesia. The Fijian people are believed to have arrived in Fiji from western Melanesia approximately 3,500 years ago, though the exact origins of the Fijian people are unknown. Later they would move onward to other surrounding islands including Rotuma, as well as blending with other (Polynesian) settlers on Tonga and Samoa. They are indigenous to all parts of Fiji except the island of Rotuma. The original settlers are now called "Lapita people" after a distinctive pottery produced locally. Lapita pottery was found in the area from 800 BC onward. As of 2005, Fijians constituted slightly more than half of the Fijian population. Indigenous Fijians are predominantly of Melanesian extraction, with some Polynesian admixture. Other ethnic groups in Fiji include Indo-Fijians, the Rotuman people, and minority communities, which include Caucasians, Chinese, and other Pacific Islanders. New Zealand has a large Fijian population, according to the Ministry of Pacific Island Affairs. In 2001, Fijian people were the fifth largest Pacific ethnic group living in New Zealand. There was a decrease of 8 percent between 1996 and 2001. The estimated Pacific Islander population size is 231,800 in 2001 Fijians comprising about 7,000 of that. The Bose Levu Vakaturaga (Great Council of Chiefs) once passed laws and regulations governing the Fijian people. Today, the Great Council of Chiefs meets yearly to discuss Fijian concerns. The council is responsible for appointing the Fijian president. The council is made up of 55 chiefs selected from the 14 provinces. Included in the council are three appointees from the island of Rotuma and six appointed by the Minister of Fijian Affairs. The Minister of Fijian Affairs consults with the Fijian president as part of the selection process. Finally, former Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka serves a lifetime appointment on the council. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Fijian Peoples

    Fijian

  • Northeastern Kenya 16The Gabra (also Gabbra or Gebra) are an Oromo people who live as camel-herding nomads, mainly in the Chalbi desert of northern Kenya and the highlands of southern Ethiopia. They are closely associated with other Oromo, especially their non-nomadic neighbors, the Borana. The language of the Gabra is the Borana dialect of Oromo. The Gabra's overal population is estimated at about 31,000 people.

    Gabra

  • The Gamo are Indigenous Peoples in the Highlands of Ethiopia. The name "Gamo" means a lion, which refers to their legacy. According to the 2007 Ethiopian national census, 1,107,163 people (or 1.5% of Ethiopia's population) identified themselves as Gamos. You can learn more about the Gamo at sacredland.org/gamo-highlands/

    Gamo

  • IMG_4569The Garifuna are descendants of Carib, Arawak and West African people. The British colonial administration used the term Black Carib and Garifuna to distinguish them from Yellow and Red Carib, the Amerindian population that did not intermarry with Africans. The Amerindians who had not intermarried with Africans are still living in the Lesser Antilles; Dominica, St. Vincent and The Grenadines, etc. Today the Garifuna live primarily in Central America. They live along the Caribbean Coast in Belize, Guatemala, Nicaragua and Honduras including the mainland, and on the island of Roatán. There are also diaspora communities of Garifuna in the United States, particularly in Los Angeles, Miami, New York and other major cities. Excerpted from Wikipedia article on the Garifuna

    Garifuna

  • The Gitga'ata (sometimes also spelled Gitga'at or Gitk'a'ata) are one of the 14 tribes of the Tsimshian nation in British Columbia, Canada, and inhabit the village of Hartley Bay, British Columbia. The name Gitga'ata in the Tsimshian language means "people of the cane" (as in, a ceremonial stick). The Gitga'ata, along with the Kitasoo Tsimshians at Klemtu, B.C., are often classed as "Southern Tsimshian," their traditional language being the southern dialect of the Tsimshian language. The Gitga'ata's current population is estimated at about 1652 people Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Gitga'ata People

    Gitga'at

  • An offshoot of the Shoshone Nation, the Goshutes long maintained a territory in in Eastern Nevada and Western Utah, gathering wild onions, carrots and potatoes, and hunting small game in the mountains. Prior to first contact with European immigrants, the Goshute numbered close to 20,000 people Today, there are than 500 Goshutes, living on two seperate reservations: The Skull Valley Reservation, created in 1912; and the Deep Creek Reservation, formed in 1914. The name Goshute is derived either from the Shoshone term Gutsipupiutsi, which means Desert People.

    Goshute

  • Asubpeeschoseewagong – the Indigenous or Anishinaabe name for Grassy Narrows is situated 80 kilometers north of Kenora, Ontario in Canada. The band membership is approximately 1,000, and their traditional territory spans a forest of approximately 2,500 square miles. The community has lived sustainably for millennia, using the forests, rivers and lakes for physical, economic, cultural and spiritual sustenance. Approximately 50 percent of community still depend on hunting, trapping, and gathering berries and medicines from the land. The Grassy Narrows community has been through many traumas including forced attendance in church-run residential schools, coerced relocation away from their traditional living areas, hydro damming flooding sacred sites and wild rice beds, mercury contamination, clearcut logging of their forests, and mining. These traumas have led to many social, health and economic problems, as well as the devastation of the culture. For thousands of years this community has been strong and self-reliant. Now, as a result of the continued economic dispossession, racism, and cultural anniliation that they have suffered, Grassy Narrows exhibits the signs of distress that have become typical of First Nations communities across Canada. Indigenous people, as compared to any other racial or cultural group in Canada, have the lowest life expectancies, highest infant mortality rates, substandard and overcrowded housing, lower education and employment levels, and the highest incarceration rates. Native people lead in the statistics of suicide, alcoholism, and family abuse. In the face of this oppression, the people of Grassy Narrows are actively resisting the continued destruction of their territories, re-occupying their lands, reviving their culture and fighting for control over their lands and self-determination. Text from http://freegrassy.org

    Grassy Narrows

  • Misak The Guambiano are a South American People, located in what is now the Cauca Department of Colombia. The Guambiano call themselves "Wampimisamera" or "people of Guambia." However, the mestizos of the area frequently call them "Silveños," referring to the people in the environs of Silvia, a small town in the heart of Guambian territory. The Guambiano are also sometimes referred to as the Misak. The language of the Guambiano, Wampi-misamera-wam, has been classified within the Guambino-Kokonuco Group of the larger Chibcha Language Family. According to more recent investigations, it is believed to be an isolated language and of dubious classification (Matteson 1972). The majority of the Guambiano speak Spanish, especially the young people. Although they consider Spanish essential to survive in and withstand the hostility of the White world, the Guambiano nonetheless resist losing their own language, which is an essential aspect of their ethnic and cultural identity. Excerpted from EveryCulture's page on the Guambiano

    Guambian

  • Guarani Woman. Photo by Identidade e Diversidade, on Flickr The Guarani are a group of culturally-related indigenous peoples living in several different states, including Paraguay, Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia and Uruguay. The Guarani's overall population is estimated at 257,400 people. Three aspects of Guarani life express an identity that gives them a specificity among other indigenous peoples, shaping and creating a “Guarani way of being": a) the ava ñe'ë (ava: Guarani person, man; ñe'ë: a word that is confused with "soul") or speech, language, that defines identity in verbal communication; b) the tamõi (grandfather) or common mythical ancestors and c) the ava reko (teko: "being/essence, state of life, condition, custom, law, habit") or behavior in society, which is sustained through a mythological and ideological framework. These aspects inform the ava (Guarani Man) how to understand experienced situations and the world that surrounds him/her, providing guidelines and reference points for his/her social conduct (Susnik, 1980:12). There are, however, differences among the Guarani subgroups living in Brazil – the Ñandeva, Kaiowa and Mbya, differences in the linguistic forms, customs, ritual practices, social and political organization, religious orientation, as well as specific forms for interpreting the reality they experience and for interacting according to situations in their history and their present-day circumstances. Learn more about the Guarani Kaiowá, Guarani Mbya and Guarani Ñandeva at http://pib.socioambiental.org/en

    Guarani

  • The Guarayo are one of Bolivia's three main indigenous peoples, with a population estimated at about 20,000 people. A branch of the Guarani people, the Guarayo belive that their land is a paridise, because of the beautiful varity of trees in the area. These trees include cedar, the sand box tree, big leaf mahogany, and the bibosi. A number of other names have ben used to describe the Guarayo--from Araibayba and Carabere to Chiriguano, Guaraniete, Itatin, Moperequoa, Nyandeva, Oréva and Pirataguari. You can learn more about the Guarayo at http://www.everyculture.com/South-America/Guarayu.html

    Guarayo

  • The Gunai or Kurnai (sometimes spelt as Gunnai and Ganai) is an Indigenous Australian nation of south-east Australia whose territory occupied most of present-day Gippsland and much of the southern slopes of the Victorian Alps. The nation was not on friendly terms with the neighbouring Wurundjeri and Bunurong nations. Many of the Gunai people resisted early European settlement through the 19th century, resulting in many brutal confrontations between Europeans and the Gunai. By some estimations, there were 15 Gunai massacres between 1840 and 1850 alone. The Kurnai were a Matriarchal society, meaning that the women were the administrators or organisers, the men were the custodians of the land, being advised by the women. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Gunai People

    Gunai

  • The Gurindji are one of several hundred distinct Indigenous People in Australia. The Gurindji live in northern Australia, 460 km southwest of Katherine in the Northern Territory's Victoria River region. The Gurindji are most well known for leading the Gurindji Strike in 1966. Every August since then, a large celebration is held at Kalkarinji to mark the anniversary of the strike and walk-off. Known as Freedom Day, people gather from many parts of Australia to celebrate and re-enact the walk-off. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Gurindji People

    Gurindji

  • 2005 9-24 peacemarch Gwich'in NationThe Gwich'in people live in a vast area extending from northeast Alaska in the U.S. to the northern Yukon and Northwest Territories in Canada. Oral tradition indicates that the Gwich'in have occupied this area since time immemorial or, according to conventional belief, for as long as 20,000 years. The Gwich'in life and culture have traditionally been based on the Porcupine Caribou herd, the people's main source of food, tools, and clothing. Fish and other animals supplement their diet. The Gwich'in practised a nomadic lifestyle until the 1870's, when fur traders came into the area to establish forts and trading posts that later became settlements. Approximately 9,000 Gwich'in currently make their home in communities in Alaska, Yukon, and the Northwest Territories. Excerpted from Gwichin.org

    Gwichin

  • Hadzabés dansantThe Hadzabe People (or Hadzabe'e) have lived around Lake Eyasi in the central Rift Valley and in the neighbouring Serengeti Plateau for more than 10,000 years. With a population of under 1000, the Hadzabe, who survive on fruit-gathering and hunting wild animals for subsistence, are under serious threat of extinction as their habitats have been converted into conservation areas and agricultural farms.

    Hadzabe

  • Haida canoeThe Haida are an indigenous nation of the Pacific Northwest Coast of North America. Haida territories lie in both Canada and the United States, as do those of the Tlingit, and Tsimshian. The Haida territories comprise the archipelago of Haida Gwaii (as officially named since 2010, but still commonly referred to by their historic name, the Queen Charlotte Islands in British Columbia. In the Haida language Haida Gwaii translates to "islands of the people"). Historically, and still today, "Kaigani Haida" families live in Southeastern Alaska, primarily the southern half of Prince of Wales Island in the southernmost Alaska Panhandle. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Haida People

    Haida

  • Gerald and Trevor AmosThe Haisla (also Xa’islak’ala, X¯a’islak'ala, X?à'islak'ala, X?a'islak’ala, Xai:sla) are an indigenous people living at Kitamaat in the North Coast region of the Canadian province of British Columbia. Their indigenous Haisla language is named after them. The name Haisla is derived from the Haisla word x?à'isla or x?à'is?la '(those) living at the rivermouth, living downriver'. Along with the neighbouring Wuikinuxv and Heiltsuk people, they were incorrectly known in the past as the Northern Kwakiutl. Kitimaat Village, the Haisla reserve, is a short 20 minute drive south of the town of Kitimat at the head of the Douglas Channel, a 90-km (56-mi) fjord that serves as saltwater corridor that connects the community and the town and port of Kitimat, which is the site of the aluminum smelter of Alcan Incorporateed, to the Pacific Ocean. Kitamaat is a Tsimshian name, applied by European explorers who asked their Tsimshian guides for the name of the place; it means "people of the snows" or "place of the snows". The Haisla name for Kitimaat is C'imo'ca (pronounced tsee-MOTE-sah) which means "snag beach." Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Haisla People

    Haisla

  • The Halalt are Coast Salish people, a part of Hul'qumi'num Nation which also includes Cowichan Tribes, Lake Cowichan First Nation, Lyackson First Nation, Penelakut Tribe, and Stz’uminus First Nation. For thousands of years, the Halat have lived in, travelled and fished the waterways of Bonsall Creek, Chemainus River, the Salish Sea, and the Strait of Georgia. Also known as xeláltxw mustimuhw, the Halat say they originated from the village of xeláltxw, which means 'marked houses' or 'painted houses', a reference to the fact that the houseposts in this village were decorated. Adapted from the Halat First Nation's official website

    Halalt

  • Harakmbut The Harakmbut (also known as the "Arakmbut") are one of three distinct Indigenous Peoples in Southeastern Peru. When they were first contacted by members of the Dominican Order (a Catholic religious order) in 1940, the Harakmbut's population was estimated to be about 30,000 people. Today, there are about 5,000 Harakmbut, all of whom can be found in the Madre de Dios Region near the Brazilian border.

    Harakmbut

  • img_40888 The Haudenosaunee or the "People of the Longhouse" are a confederation made up of the Seneca, Cayuga, Onondaga, Oneida, Tuscarora and Mohawk Nations. For more than a thousand years, the Haudenosaunee have maintained the founding constitution known as the Kaianere'kó:wa (the Great Law of Peace) which was conceived and written by Deganwidah (Tekanawí:ta') known as The Great Peacemaker; his spokesperson, Hiawatha (Aiewáhtha); and Tsikónhsase, a clan mother seldom mentioned in the history books. With a population today of about 80,000 people in the U.S and 45,000 in Canada, the Haudenosaunee continue to maintain their cultures and Traditions. The Haudenosaunee Confederacy's official website can be found at www.haudenosauneeconfederacy.ca

    Haudenosaunee

  • havasupai childrenThe Havasu ’Baaja (the-people-of-the-blue-green-waters), or more commonly the Havasupai, are an Indigenous Nation ("American Indian tribe") that has called the Grand Canyon its home for centuries. Located primarily in an area known as Cataract Canyon, this Yuman-speaking population once laid claim to a land reservation the size of Delaware. In 1882, however, the Havasupai was forced by the US government to abandon all but 518 acres of its land. The Havasupai witnessed a silver rush and the Santa Fe Railroad in effect destroyed what was fertile land. Furthermore, the inception of the Grand Canyon as a National Park in 1919 pushed the Havasupai to the brink, as their land was consistently being unlawfully entered and misused by the National Park Service. Over the next century the tribe used the United States judicial system to fight for the restoration of the land. In 1975, after years without progress, the tribe succeeded in regaining 251,000 acres of their ancestral land with the passage of Congressional bill S. 1296. Besides their battle on Capitol Hill, the Havasupai are well-known for the area in which they reside. As a means of surviving and flourishing in the modern economy the tribe has turned its land, which consists of richly colored waters and awe-inspiring waterfalls, into a bustling tourist hub that attracts thousands of people every year. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Havasupai People

    Havasupai

  • Chief Sielu Avea The Kanaka Maoli, more commonly referred to as Hawaiians, are the indigenous Polynesian people of the Hawaiian Islands. As note in 'Oiwi, an Indigenous Journal from Hawai'i, "Hawaiians for centuries were master orators and chanters, articulate historians, prolific songwriters, and eloquent storytellers. In the 1800s, the rate of literacy in Hawai‘i was higher than in any other part of the world and writings by Hawaiians appeared in numerous newspapers produced in the islands. But the illegal overthrow of the Hawaiian monarchy in 1893, the banning of the Hawaiian language from all public schools, the systematic disenfranchisement of Hawaiians from our land, and the decimation of the Hawaiian population through foreign disease nearly put an end to the Hawaiian people and culture."

    Hawaiian

  • The Heiltsuk people have lived in their lands, on what has become the Central Coast of British Columbia, since time immemorial. Formerly known as the Bella Bella Indians, the Heiltsuk speak Hailhzaqvla, the Heiltsuk language. It is considered a separate language but is part of what linguists call the Wakashan Language Family. Heiltsuk oral tradition states that the original Heiltsuk ancestors were set down by the Creator in various areas in the territory now referred to as the Central Coast of British Columbia, before the time of the great flood. The Heiltsuk people lived in many villages and seasonal camp locations throughout Heiltsuk territory. There were a number of tribal groups that lived in areas of Heiltsuk territory for millennia. After contact, as a result of disease and increased conflict on the coast, villages and whole tribal groups tended to concentrate in some locations, eventually coming together at McLoughlin Bay between the 1860s and 1890s. This village was called 'Qlc or Bella Bella. The village moved in the 1890's to the present site of Bella Bella, which is also known as Waglisla. From a large pre-contact population the Heiltsuk dropped to just over 200 in the early part of this century. It is estimated that nearly 85% of the population died during the nineteenth century. The population decline reversed itself following the 1918 'flu epidemic. Like our neighbours on the coast, the Heiltsuk were subject to pressure from colonization and attempts to assimilate us into the Euro-Canadian society. Pressure from missionaries, government, and hospital staff was applied to the Heiltsuk to abandon their traditional beliefs and practices. Many practices were forced underground by this pressure. The Potlatch, an institution involving public feasting and display and public witnessing of business, was outlawed by the Federal government from the late nineteenth century until 1951. Heiltsuk children were required to attend the now infamous Residential schools, where they were given poor quality education, low quality food, and subjected to curriculum designed to assimilate them. Native languages were forbidden at these schools, even though it was the only language many children spoke. Many children were subjected to psychological, physical and sexual abuse while attending these schools. The Residential School System was part of a government policy of assimilation of First Nations. Despite these forces acting upon the Heiltsuk, there remains today a Heiltsuk Nation that is striving to retain its lands, and culture. During this century the Heiltsuk have maintained close ties to their land and resources. The language and potlatch system survived. Traditional foods continue to be harvested and preserved from the land. These foods contribute significantly to the contemporary diet and local economy. The Heiltsuk are now working to preserve their language. Today it is taught in the school. There is a challenge to maintaining the language. Funding for curriculum development is scarce. The Heiltsuk have never surrendered their aboriginal rights or title. Leaders of the community have struggled to address the land question through out this century. As one chief said in 1913: "We are the natives of this Country and we want all the land we can get. We feel that we own the whole of this Country, every bit of it, and ought to have something to say about it. The Government have not bought any land from us so far as we know and we are simply lending this land to the Government. We own it all. We will never change our minds in that respect, and after we are dead our children will still hold on to the same ideas. It does not matter how long the Government take to determine this question, we will remain the same in our ideas about this matter. The British Columbia Government are selling the land all around us, and we do not know but they might well it all, even including these Reserves, in time. We consider that the Government is stealing that land from us, and we also understand that it is unlawful for the Government to take this land." Bob Anderson The Heiltsuk became involved in the Comprehensive Claims Process in 1981. When the current Treaty Process began, the Heiltsuk immediately filed their statement of intent and have been actively involved in trying to resolve the land question with the federal and provincial Canadian governments. Quoted from http://www.bellabella.net/

    Heiltsuk

  • The Hesquiaht (pronounced Hesh-kwit or Hes-kwee-at) is one of five Nuu-chah-nulth Nations based on the west coast of Vancouver Island in British Columbia, Canada. Prior to the 19th century, the Hesquiaht were a congregation of five small nations living around Hesquiaht Harbour, with a total population of about 6,000 to 10,000 individuals. Each nation was governed by their respective Ha’wiih (hereditary) system. After the smallpox epidemic, the communities moved to one site at Hesquiaht Village, before being moved by Indian Affairs to the current site at Hot Springs Cove. The Hot Springs Cove reserve is located on territory claimed by the Ahousaht First Nation. The Ha'wiih system is still alive and well in Hesquiaht. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Hesquiaht People

    Hesquiaht

  • Hmong new yearThe Hmong, also known as the Miao, are an Indigenous People from the mountainous regions of China, Vietnam, Laos, and Thailand. The Hmong's current population is estimated at 4-5 million people. A number of Hmong people fought against the communist-nationalist Pathet Lao during the Laotian Civil War. Hmong people were singled out for retribution when the Pathet Lao took over the Laotian government in 1975, and tens of thousands fled to Thailand seeking political asylum. Thousands of these refugees have resettled in Western countries since the late 1970s, mostly the United States but also Australia, France, French Guiana, and Canada. Others have been returned to Laos under United Nations-sponsored repatriation programs. Around 8,000 Hmong refugees remain in Thailand. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Hmong People

    Hmong

  • Numbering just over 1 million, the Ho People, also called the Larka Kol, are concentrated in West Bengal and the Singhbhum district of Jharkhand, India. The Ho are renowned for their simple, amiable and other philanthropic qualities. In earlier times, they were famed for their fighting skills. The Ho people are deeply Spiritual. Their religion is to some extent similar to some other Indigenous Peoples in West Bengal like the Mundas, Oraons and Santals etc. Their supreme deity is Sin Bonga. Apart from paying reverence to this deity, they also believe in Hindu gods and goddesses. Deuri, their village priest performs their religious rituals. These people also believe in evil spirits and 'Deona' is employed to keep the evil spirits at bay. Adapted from IndianetZone's primer on the Ho People

    Ho

  • Homalco The Homalco (also known as Xwémalhkwu) are a Coast Salish People whose traditional territories encompass Bute Inlet, British Columbia, as well as the Inlet's surrounding areas. The Homalco's population today is estimated at about 230 people. Along with the Sliammon, Klahoose and K'omoks Peoples, the Homalco speak the Éy7á7juuthem language. Linguists, however, refer to the language as "Comox" and "Mainland Comox". Learn more about the Homalco's language at http://maps.fphlcc.ca/ey7a7juuthem

    Homalco

  • Hupa (also Hoopa; Hupa: Natinixwe) are one of roughly 50 distinct Indigenous Nations in what is now the state of California. The official name of the tribe is the Hoopa Valley Tribe. In the 19th century, the Hoopa occupied land stretching from the South Fork of the Trinity River to Hoopa Valley, to the Klamath River in California. Their red cedar-planked houses, dugout canoes, basket hats, and many elements of their oral literature identify them with the Northwest Coast culture, of which they are the southernmost representatives; however, some of their customs (the use of a sweat house for ceremonies and the manufacture of acorn bread) are not characteristic of that culture area. In 1864, the United States government signed a treaty that recognized the Hupa tribe's sovereignty to their land. The United States called the reservation the Hoopa Valley Indian Reservation, where the Hupa now reside. The reservation is next to the territory of the Yurok at the connection of the Klamath and Trinity Rivers in northeastern Humboldt County. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Hoopa People

    Hoopa

  • DSC_4150The Hopi are Pueblo people, descendants of the ancient Anasazi Nation (The Hopi reject the term Anazazi, however, because it is a Navajo word meaning "enemy of my ancestors." The Hopi prefer to say "Hisatsinom", or Old Ones. The name Hopi, itself, is a shortened form of the word Hopituh Shi-nu-mu, which literally means "The Peaceful People" or "Peaceful Little Ones." Today, the Hopi live primarily on the Hopi Reservation in northeastern Arizona, which is entirely surrounded by the much larger Navajo Reservation. According to the Twenty-Second United States Census, the Hopi have a population of 6,946 people.

    Hopi

  • Hualapai IndianThe Hualapai (Hwal'bay, which means 'People of the Tall Pine') live on a reservation encompassing a million acres along 108 miles of the Colorado River and the Grand Canyon. The Hualapai call this middle river corridor 'Hakataya' or 'the backbone of the river'. The Colorado River is a significant landmark for the Hualapai. Historically, all of the Yuman language family tribes were located on or near or in close proximity to the Colorado River. There is a common binding creation myth which took place at “Spirit Mountain,” or “Wikahme”, along the Colorado River near Bullhead City, Arizona. The Hualapai are descendants from one people, a group known archaeologically as the Cerbat. The Hwal`bay originally lived in groups composed of fourteen bands. Culturally, the Hualapai consider themselves as part of the “Pai” meaning “the people.” The earliest physical remains of the Pai was found along the Willow Beach bank near the Hoover Dam in the 1960's and dates back as early as A.D. 600. The Grand Canyon always provided important food sources for eating, for medicinal uses, and for utilitarian purposes. The major wild foods are derived from cactus fruit and from the seeds of various grasses and with the use of metates and mano stones. An Executive Order created the reservation in 1883. Peach Springs, the tribal capital, is 50 miles east of Kingman on Historic Route 66, owes its name to peach trees growing at springs nearby. Occupying part of three northern Arizona counties, Coconino, Yavapai and Mohave, the reservation’s topography varies from rolling grassland to forest and the rugged canyons of the Colorado River. Elevations range from 1,500 feet at the Colorado River, to over 7,300 feet at the highest point of the Aubrey Cliffs, which are located on the eastern portion of the reservation. The total population of the Hualapai Tribe is 1,532 and the median age is 23.6 (1990 U.S. Census). Tribal, public school, state and federal governmental services provide the bulk of current full-time employment. The principal economic activities are tourism based, cattle ranching, timber sales, and arts and crafts. Text source: Inter Tribal Council of Arizona

    Hualapai

  • Waorani ExpeditionThe Huaorani, Waorani or Waodani, also known as the Waos, are native Amerindians from the Amazonian Region of Ecuador (Napo, Orellana and Pastaza Provinces) who have marked differences from other ethnic groups from Ecuador. The alternate name Auca is a pejorative exonym used by the neighboring Quechua Indians, and commonly adopted by Spanish-speakers as well. Auca – awqa in Quechua – means "enemy". They comprise almost 4,000 inhabitants and speak the Huaorani language, a linguistic isolate that is not known to be related to any other language. Their ancestral lands are located between the Curaray and Napo rivers, about 50 miles (80 km) south of El Coca. These homelands – approximately 120 miles (190 km) wide and 75 to 100 miles (120 to 160 km) from north to south – are threatened by oil exploration and illegal logging practices. In the past, Huaorani were able to protect their culture and lands from both indigenous enemies and settlers. In the last 40 years, they have shifted from a hunting and gathering society to live mostly in permanent forest settlements. As many as five communities – the Tagaeri, the Huiñatare, the Oñamenane, and two groups of the Taromenane – have rejected all contact with the outside world and continue to move into more isolated areas. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Huaorani People.

    Huaorani

  • The Huichol or Wixárika (pronounced we-SHA-re-kaare) an indigenous people in western central Mexico, living in the Sierra Madre Occidental range in the Mexican states of Nayarit, Jalisco, Zacatecas, and Durango. They are best known to the world as the Huichol, however, they refer to themselves as Wixárika in their own language.[1] The term Wixárika means "those who dress in honor of our Ancestors". [2] For more than 1,000 years, the Wixárika have made pilgrimages from their ceremonial centers in the Sierra Madre across the Chihuahua desert to Leunar, the sacred mountain where the sun first rose. The Wixárika pilgrims traverse over 300 miles to reach Leunar, stopping to give offerings and prayers at dozens of sacred places along the way – the natural temples of a deeply spiritual people. They undertake their journey, which they call their "essence," to retrace the steps of creation, repeating the prayers of their ancestors in order to maintain the earth's equilibrium and keep their culture alive. [3] Resources Background Information on Mexico:  Stop Mining. Save Sacred Sites–Cultural Survival
    Wixirika-An online archive of Huichol art, history and culture
    Defensa de Wirikuta on Faceboo
    k
    Salvemos Wirikuta on Facebook
    No a la Mineria con Cianuro y a Cielo abierto en Real de Catorce Facebook
    Salvemos Wirikuta – Tamatzima Huaha Blog
    The Esperanza Project - Wixarika Archive

    Huichol

  • Huitoto The Huitoto (we-toe-toe), also spelled Witoto, live along several different rivers in northeastern Peru (Loreto Region), southwestern Colombia (Amazonas Department) and western Brazil (Amazonas State). Until the early part of the twentieth century, the Witoto numbered about 50,000. As a result of diseases, forced labor, and migration during the rubber boom in the latter half of the twentieth century, the Huitoto's population rapidly fell to less than 10,000. All the surviving Huitoto fled to marginal interfluvial areas. Some have returned to their traditional homelands, but others have settled in different regions and lost their ethnic identity. With notes from everyculture.com

    Huitotos

  • The Huu-ay-aht First Nation (HFN) is an indigenous community based on the west coast of Vancouver Island in British Columbia, Canada. The HFN is a member of the Nuu-chah-nulth Tribal Council and is a member of the Maa-nulth Treaty Society. The Huu-ay-aht were once governed by hereditary chiefs. In the Nuu-chah-nulth language, they are called Ha'wiih (plural) and Ha'wilth (singular). One of these leaders stands above the rest as the Tyee Ha'wilth, or Head Chief. Currently, the HFN has seven hereditary leaders including the head chief. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Huu-ay-aht

    Huu-ay-aht

  • Hyolmo The Hyolmo people (also spelled Yolmo and Hyolmopa) are ethnically Buddhist people whose ancestors migrated to the Hyolmo region at some point during the 13th and 15th centuries from the Kyirong region of Tibet. Hyolmo is considered to be a "hiding place for sacred treasures." It is said that in the 8th century, a Prominent Buddhist Master left his "sacred treasures of wisdom" (doctrine) to be revealed by powerful masters in a future time of need. The population of the Hyolmo exceeds 50,000 within Nepal. However, the 2001 census carried out by the government only listed 579 Hyolmo people. You can learn more about the Hyolmo at http://hyolmo.com/

    Hyolmo

  • San Roque Protest The Ibaloi or Nabaloi are a subgroup of the Igorot, the Indigenous People of the Cordillera region, in the Philippines island of Luzon. Other Igorot Peoples include the Balangao, Bontoc, Ifugao, Isneg, Kalinga and Kankana-ey. The Ibaloi are a mostly an agricultural people who cultivate rice in terraced fields. Many contemporary Ibaloi have integrated into the mainstream Filipino culture. In 1975, the Ibaloi's population was about 89,000. The Ibaloi traditionally practised mummification. The process they used involved smoking the corpse for months to completely dehydrate the dead body, which preserved every part of the body including tattoos and internal organs. They would then encase the preserved body within a hollowed out log and place it in caves held sacred by the Ibaloi.

    Ibaloi

  • Iban women The Ibans are a branch of the Dayak peoples of Borneo. In Malaysia, most Ibans are located in Sarawak, a small portion in Sabah and some in west Malaysia. They were formerly known during the colonial period by the British as Sea Dayaks. Ibans were renowned for practising headhunting and tribal/territorial expansion. In ancient times the Ibans were a strong and successful warring tribe in Borneo. They speak the Iban language. Today, the days of headhunting and piracy have been replaced with the modern era of globalization and technology. However, many Ibans have retained their heritage and continue to live in traditional houses, longhouses called rumah panjai or rumah panjang. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Iban People

    Iban

  • Ifugao elders The Ifugao are wet-rice agriculturalists occupying the mountainous area of northern Luzon, Philippines. Known to the Spanish conquistadores and missionaries as the Ygolote, (Igolot, or Igorrote) and to Americans as the Igorot, the Ifugao inhabit the most rugged and mountainous part of the country. In the Philippines and around the world, the Ifugao are best known for the Banaue Rice Terraces, which were carved into the mountains of Ifugao at least 2,000 years ago. Aside from their rice terraces, the Ifugaos are known for their literary traditions of the "hudhud" and the "alim." The term "Ifugao" is derived from "ipugo" which means earth people or mortals or humans, as distinguished from spirits and deities. It also means "from the hill," as "pugo" means hill. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Ifugao People

    Ifugao

  • The Ikpeng are a Carib-speaking tribe located near the Upper Xingu River. They have a population of 459 (2010), up from a low of 50 in 1969. The Ikpeng came from the region of the feeder streams of the Xingu in the beginning of the 20th Century, when they lived in a state of war with their upper Xinguan neighbors. Contact with the non-indigenous world was even more recent, at the beginning of the 1960s, and had disastrous consequences for their population, which was reduced to less than half as a result of diseases and killings. They were then transferred to the borders of the Xingu Indian Park and "pacified." Today they maintain relations of alliance with the other villages of the Park, but nevertheless their society is quite distinct from the others. They don't wage war any longer, although war is still at the center of their worldview, not only as a motive for death but also for the replacement of the dead through the incorporation of the enemy into the group, thus also being responsible for the reproduction of social life. You can learn more about the Ikpeng at socioambiental.org

    Ikpeng

  • The Inga people are an indigenous ethnic group from the Southwest region of Colombia. They speak a dialect of Quechua known as Inga Kichwa. Almost all Inga people are bilingual in Inga and Spanish, which has caused fear that the Inga language might be an endangered language.

    Inga

  • The Ingarikó inhabit the area surrounding Mount Roraima, the dominant landmark on the triple border between Brazil, Guiana and Venezuela, and, above all, the stump of the mythological tree of life, which was chopped down at the beginning of time. Occupying the highest portion of the Raposa Serra do Sol Indigenous Territory, they remained free of the various forms of recruiting indigenous labour that affected neighbouring peoples to the south for centuries. Contacts with their relatives in Guiana are today, as in the past, fairly frequent. Also known as the Akawaio and the Kapon, the Ingarikó live in seven different villages along rivers and creeks with the highest demographic concentration on the upper Cotingo river and on the Ponari. As of 2007, the Ingarikó numbered around 1,170 people. Excerpted from http://pib.socioambiental.org/en/povo/ingariko/1861

    Ingariko

  • The Innu are the indigenous inhabitants of an area they refer to as Nitassinan, which comprises most of what non-First Nations Canadians refer to as northeastern Quebec and Labrador. Their population in 2003 includes about 18,000 people, of which 15,000 live in Quebec. Their ancestors were known to have lived on these lands as hunter-gatherers for several thousand years, living in tents made of animal skins. Their subsistence activities were historically centred on hunting and trapping caribou, moose, deer and small game. Some coastal clans also practised agriculture, fished, and managed maple sugarbush. Their language, Innu-aimun or Montagnais, is spoken throughout Nitassinan, with certain dialect differences. Innu-aimun is related to the language spoken by the Cree of the James Bay region of Quebec and Ontario. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Innu People

    Innu

  • Inuit The Inuit are a group of culturally similar indigenous peoples inhabiting the Arctic regions of Canada (Northwest Territories, Nunatsiavut, Nunavik, Nunavut, Nunatukavut), Denmark (Greenland), Russia (Siberia) and the United States (Alaska). Inuit means “the people” in the Inuktitut language. An Inuk is an Inuit person. The Inuit language is grouped under Eskimo-Aleut languages. The Inuit live throughout most of the Canadian Arctic and subarctic: in the territory of Nunavut ("our land"); the northern third of Quebec, in an area called Nunavik ("place to live"); the coastal region of Labrador, in areas called Nunatsiavut ("our beautiful land") and Nunatukavut ("Our Ancient Land"); in various parts of the Northwest Territories, mainly on the coast of the Arctic Ocean and formerly in the Yukon. Collectively these areas are known as Inuit Nunangat. In the US, Alaskan Inupiat live on the North Slope of Alaska and Siberian Coast, Little Diomede Island and Big Diomede Island. Greenland's Kalaallit are citizens of Denmark. In Alaska, the term Eskimo is commonly used, because it includes both Yupik and Inupiat, while Inuit is not accepted as a collective term or even specifically used for Inupiat (who technically are Inuit). No universal replacement term for Eskimo, inclusive of all Inuit and Yupik people, is accepted across the geographical area inhabited by the Inuit and Yupik peoples. In Canada and Greenland, the Natives prefer the word Inuit. As they consider "Eskimo" pejorative, it has fallen out of favour. In Canada, the Constitution Act of 1982, sections 25 and 35 recognised the Inuit as a distinctive group of Canadian aboriginals, who are neither First Nations nor Métis. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Inuit People

    Inuit

  • The Iñupiat (plural) or Iñupiaq (singular) and Iñupiak (dual) (from iñuk 'person' - and -piaq 'real', i.e., 'real people') or Inupik are the people of Alaska's Northwest Arctic and North Slope boroughs and the Bering Straits region. Barrow, the northernmost city in the United States, is in the Inupiat region. Their language is known as Iñupiaq. Inupiat people continue to rely heavily on subsistence hunting and fishing, including whaling. The capture of a whale benefits each member of a community, as the animal is butchered and its meat and blubber allocated according to a traditional formula. Even city-dwelling relatives thousands of miles away are entitled to a share of each whale killed by the hunters of their ancestral village. Maktak, which is the skin and blubber of Bowhead and other whales, is rich in vitamins A and C and contributes to good health in a population with limited access to fruits and vegetables. Inupiat people have grown more concerned in recent years that climate change is threatening their traditional lifestyle. The warming trend in the Arctic affects the Inupiaq lifestyle in numerous ways, for example: thinning sea ice makes it more difficult to harvest Bowhead Whales, seals, walrus, and other traditional foods; warmer winters make travel more dangerous and less predictable; later-forming sea ice contributes to increased flooding and erosion along the coast, directly imperiling many coastal villages. The Inuit Circumpolar Council, a group representing indigenous peoples of the Arctic, has made the case that climate change represents a threat to their human rights. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Inupiat People

    Inupiat

  • Jarawa musicians/dancers The Jarawa are a small society of hunter-gatherers who live on the isolated Andaman and Nicobar islands in the Bay of Bengal. Their present population is estimated at between 250-350 people. Before the 19th century, the Jarawa homelands were located in the southeast part of South Andaman Island and nearby islets. With the establishment of the initial British settlement, these are suspected to have been largely depopulated by disease shortly after 1789. The Great Andamanese Peoples were similarly decimated by disease, alcoholism and alleged British government-sponsored destruction,leaving open the western areas which the Jarawa gradually made their new homeland. Prior to their initiating contact with settled populations in 1997, theJarawa vigorously maintained their independence and distance from external groups, actively discouraging most incursions and attempts at contact. Since 1998, they have been in increasing contact with the outside world and have increasingly been the choosers of such contact. All contact, especially with tourists, remains extremely dangerous to the Jarawa due to the risk of disease. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Jarawa People You can learn more about the Jarawa at http://www.survivalinternational.org/tribes/jarawa

    Jarawa

  • indigenous peoples in the Chittagong Hill Tracts in Bangladesh - by jankie, on Flickr Jumma is a collective term for Indigenous Peoples in the Chittagong Hill Tracts of Bangladesh. For more than 30 years, the Jummas have experienced a near-continous wave of murder, torture, rape, land theft and displacement at the hands of the Bangladesh military and settlers wishing to occupy Jumma lands. Though their current population is estimated at between 1 million to 1.5 million people, Jumma's are now almost completely outnumbered by settlers. In 1997, Jumma leaders and the Bangladesh government signed the "CHT Peace Accord" which provided basic protections for the Indigenous population, including safe repatriation of indigenous refugees, regional autonomy, the withdrawal of military camps, and the return of illegally occupied lands. Unfortunately, to date, the government has failed to implement most of the provisions outlined in the Accord. You can learn more about the Jumma at http://www.survivalinternational.org/tribes/jummas

    Jumma

  • Dois-pontosThe Yudjá, also called the Juruna, Juruhuna, Yuruna, Juruûna, Geruna, and Yudya, are an indigenous people who live in the states of Mato Grosso and Pará, Brazil. They have a population of 362 (2006), up from a low of 52 in 1916 (2,000 in 1842; 200 in 1884; 150 in 1896). "The Juruna, once the most important tribe of the Xingu, suffered the entire onslaught of the advance of rubber tappers. Especially the people from Coronel Tancredo Martins Jorge, at the mouth of the Rio Fresco, committed every sort of crime, from murder on down, against the poor Peoples, until they revolted and fled, headed by their Chief Máma, to the other side of the border of Mato Grosso, where they settled down on an island above the Martius Falls. "Later, the Yudjá made peace with the rubber tapper Major Constantino Viana, of Pedra Seca, for whom they worked as crew members on his boats in 1916, going downriver to Altamira, when 22 of the Yudjá died within a few days. When the survivors returned with this news, the elderly Máma once again fled with the others upriver." (source: socioambiental.org) The Juruna today are in a much more stable position; but that may soon change. Juruna lands are facing destruction at the hands of the Belo Monte dam.

    Juruna

  • Myitkyina, 09/01/2007 The Jingpho (Jinghpaw) or Kachin Peoples largely inhabit the northern Myanmar (Burma) region. They are also one of 56 Indigenous Peoples officially recognized by the People's Republic of China and they are closely related to the people in India known as the Singpho. In British Colonial Burma, Jingpho or Kachins were categorized by the Census as separate "races" or "tribes" according to the language, including Kachin (Jingpho), Gauri, Maru, Lashi, Szi, Maingtha, Hpon, Nung and Lisu. Other officials, missionaries and the local administration recognized them as a single ethnic group. The early independence period Burmese government recognized Kachin as an overarching category. The current Myanmar government again views the Kachin as a "major national ethnic race" comprising the Kachin, Trone, Dalaung, Jinghpaw, Gauri, Hkahku, Duleng, Maru (Lawgore), Rawang, Lashi (La Chit), Atsi and Lisu as distinct ethnic groups.

    Kachin

  • The Kadar are a fairly small society in southern India, residing along the hilly border between Cochin in the state of Kerala and Coimbatore in the state of Tamil Nādu. Kadar live in the forests and do not practice agriculture. They are, however, specialized collectors of honey, wax, sago, cardamom, ginger, and umbrella sticks. The Kadar are also pretty well known for being exceptionally honest and non-violent people; at least in the past. Increased contact with modern civilization has had a demoralizing effect on the Kadar.

    Kadar

  • Índias-KaiabiThe Kaiabi (Kayabi, Kajabi, Kayaby, Caiabi, Cajabi) are an indigenous people inhabiting the northern Brazilian state of Mato Grosso, more precisely in the Xingu Indigenous Park and the Apiaká-Kayabi Reservation south of Pará. The Kaiabi speak the language of the Tupi-Guarani family. They have a population of 1,619 (in 2006). The Kaiabi have vigorously resisted the invasion of their lands by rubber companies since the end of the 19th Century. After the 1950s, the region of the Arinos, Peixes and Teles Pires rivers was divided up into glebes that became ranches and the Kaiabi were divided into three groups. Most moved to the Xingu Indian Park, where they are outstanding for their practice of a strong and diversified agriculture, their art which is characterized by complex graphic designs inspired by their mythology, and by their active participation in the indigenous movement organized in defense of the interests of the ethnic groups of the Park. You can learn more about the Kaiabi at socioambiental.org

    Kaiabi

  • The Kainai Nation (or Káínawa, or Blood Tribe) is a First Nation in southern Alberta, Canada with a population of 7,437 members in 2005, and had a population of 9,035 members as of 9 February 2008. They are part of the Niitsítapi (Blackfoot Confederacy of the Original People). Akáínaa translates directly to "Many Chief" (from aká - "many" and nínaa - "chief") while Káína translates directly to "Many Chief people." The common English name for the tribe is the "Blood tribe." At the time treaties such as Treaty 7 were signed, the Kainai were situated on the Oldman, Belly, and St. Mary rivers west of Lethbridge, Alberta. The Kainai reserve Blood 148 is currently the largest in Canada with 3,852 inhabitants on 1,414.03km² and is located approximately 200 kilometres south of Calgary. In 1960, the Kainai and their sacred Sun Dance were featured in the National Film Board of Canada documentary Circle of the Sun. Tribal leaders had been concerned that the Sun Dance might be dying out, and had permitted filming as a visual record. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Kainai Nation

    Kainai

  • Guarani Kaiowa - Mato Grosso do Sul Brazil: archery practiceGuarani-Kaiowá are an indigenous people of the Brazilian state of Mato Grosso do Sul. They inhabit Nhande Ru Marangatu, an area of tropical rainforest that was declared a reservation in October 2004. They are one of the three Guaraní sub-groups (the others being Ñandeva and M'bya). It is estimated that more than 30,000 Guarani live in Brazil; and 40,000 in Paraguay, where the Guarani language is now considered to be an official language alonside Spanish. The Guarani sub-groups have different customs and ways of social and political organisation, but all share the same religion which places great importance to the land. The Guaraní believe that all living things, including plants, animals, and water, have protective spirits. The Guarani also have a "secret" and a "sacred" language which is only used by religious leaders. If you would like to learn more about the Guarani-Kaiowá, visit http://pib.socioambiental.org/en/povo/guarani-kaiowa/553

    Kaiowa

  • Kalanguya Welcome Dance (Kayapa, Nueva Vizcaya)The Kalanguya Indigenous people are a distinct sub-group of the Ifugao, wet-rice agriculturalists who live the mountainous area of northern Luzon, Philippines. The Kalanguya, who refer to themselves as Ikalahan or "people of the forest", have a population of about 34,000. In 1971, the Ikalahans became the first indigenous community in the Philippines to gain recognition for their traditional land stewardship practices. Today, the Ikalahans use those practices to manage some 57,000 hectares of forests. As noted in the 2009 Report from the Asia Summit on Climate Change and Indigenous Peoples, the Ikalahan "aroforestry management system" includes the use of gen-gen (organic fertilizers), day-og, pangomis (inter-cropping and fallow periods) and gaik (firelines). They also devised their own Forest Improvement Technology (FIT). They run a food processing unit where they sell harvested fruits from their production forests to generate cash for their basic needs. Community members are also encouraged and supported to continue organic farming methods. As well, they delineate the forests into different functions--in effect, deviding it into conservation forests, forests where people can get wood for building their houses and where they can gather non-timber forest products and there is another part which is segregated for environmental services which they are considering to use for carbon trading.

    Kalanguya

  • Farema e PagéThe Kalapalo are one of the sixteen Brazilian indigenous tribes who inhabit the Xingu National Park in the Upper Xingu river region of the Brazilian state of Mato Grosso. They are also one of the four peoples speaking Cariban languages in the area. They have a population of 569 (in 2010). The Kalapalo are a generally peaceful group. The Kalapalo were the first Xingu tribe to be contacted by the Villas-Bôas brothers, in 1945. Before the arrival of the Villas Boas, the people had sporadic contact with the white man, so that the name Kalapalo was given to this group by white settlers in the late 19th century. The Cariban dialect of the Kalapalos shows that they have not always lived in the Upper Xingu. The Kalapalo speak a dialect of a language that belongs to the southern branch of the Guyana Carib language family and their closest linguistic relatives are Ye'kuana or Makiritare in southern Venezuela and Hixkaryana language, spoken in the Nhamundá area in Brazil and Guyana. Before the creation of the Xingu National Park in 1961, the Kalapalos lived at the confluence of the Tanguro and Kuluene, which are tributaries of the river Xingu. Since then, the Brazilian government has convinced them to settle near the Leonardo station, where medical treatment was made available. However, they frequently return to their former villages where they can grow cassava and cotton and where they can gather shellfish for art and craft-making purposes. The Kalapalos have a strict code of ethics established by them that distinguish them from other peoples inhabiting the Upper Xingu. They all collectively share their culture as their fishing. Any public quarrels and fights are a serious violation of their code and are punished. They refrain from hunting land animals for fur by simply eating aquatic animals including fish. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Kalapalo People

    Kalapalo

  • The Kalapuya (also Calapooia, Calapuya, Calapooya, Kalapooia, or Kalapooya) are a part of the Confederated Tribes of the Grand Ronde Indian Community of Oregon. In the late 18th century, the Kalapuya numbered about 3,000 and occupied the Willamette Valley of western Oregon. A smallpox epidemic in 1782-1783 wiped out roughly two thirds of Kalapuya, and between 1850 and 1853 large numbers were again taken by the disease. After being removed to reservation lands in 1854 and 1855, the Kalapuya dwindled to near extinction by the early 20th century. Today, the Kalapuya number no more than 100. Historically, the Kalapuya subsisted mainly as hunters of deer, elk, bear, and beaver and gatherers of nuts and berries, although they also fished with spears and traps. The Kalapuya consisted of nine tribes or subdivisions, each of which was further sub-divided into small villages led by chiefs.

    Kalapuya

  • The Kamayurá are an indigenous tribe in the Amazonian Basin of Brazil. The name is also spelled Kamayura, and Kamaiurá in Portuguese; it means "a raised platform to keep meat, pots and pans." The Kamayurá language belongs to the Tupi–Guarani family. The Kamayurá live in the Upper Xingu region along with Kiabi, Yudja and Suya tribes. The ways of life of these four tribes are quite similar despite having different languages. Their villages are situated around Lake Ipavu, which is six kilometres from the Kuluene River. Much like other small indigenous cultures around the globe, the Kamayurá are struggling to adapt to the effects of deforestation and climate change. In 2002 the Kamaiura's population was roughly 355 people. As of 2010, there were about 544 Kamaiura. Their numbers have made a good recovery from the all-time low of 94 people recorded in 1954, the result of a measles epidemic. The Kamaiura are one of sixteen Peoples of the Xingu National Park in Brazil. Other Xingu Peoples include the Aweti, Ikpeng, Kalapalo, Kaiabi ,Kayapo, Kuikuro, Matipu, Mehinako, Nahukuá, Suyá, Trumai, Wauja, Yawalapiti and Yudjá. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Kamaiura People

    Kamaiura

  • IMGP0804Kanak (formerly also Canaque) are the indigenous Melanesian inhabitants of New Caledonia in the southwest Pacific. Kanak comprise about 44 percent of the total population of New Caledonia. The term "Kanak" is derived from kanaka maoli, a Hawaiian word that was once used indiscriminately by European explorers, traders and missionaries to refer to any non-European Pacific islander. Prior to European contact there was no unified state in New Caledonia, and no single self-appellation used to refer to its inhabitants. The Kanak, who call their island Kanaky, are primarily subsistence fishermen and farmers. After their struggle to claim political independence failed in the mid-1980s, the Kanak obtained French recognition of their cultural identity through the 1988 Matignon Accord. Since the mid-1990s, huge nickel mining industry projects haveve been undertaken by multinational companies such as Canadian INCO Ltd and Falconbridge, despite major opposition from the Kanak.

    Kanak

  • The Mohawk (Kanienkehaka or Kanien’kehá:ka, meaning "People of the Flint") are one of the five founding Nations of the Haudenosaunee Confederacy. The Kanienkehaka inhabited part of what is now known as the Mohawk Valley in New York State. Traditional Mohawk homelands extended north to the St. Lawrence River, east to Mahican territory, west to Oneida territory and south to Lenape territory. Since the Kanienkehaka were located to the east of the other Haudenosaunee Nations, it was referred to as the "Keepers of the Eastern Door." They were responsible for guarding the Confederacy from threats from the east. Today the Kanienkehaka inhabit eight communities in what is now the provinces of Ontario and Quebec in Canada; and the state of New York in the United States. You can learn more about the Kanienkehaka at http://www.kahnawakelonghouse.com/index.php?mid=2

    Kanienkehaka

  • The Kankaney (Kankana-ey) are an ethnic division of the Igorots , an indigenous people of the Cordillera region, in the Philippines island of Luzon. Other Igorots include the Bontoc, Ibaloi, Isneg (or Apayao) and Kalinga.

    Kankanaey

  • Encuentro KankuamoThe Kankuamo are one of four indigenous peoples in the the Sierra Nevada region of Santa Marta, Columbia. With a population estimated at around 15,000 people, the Kankuamo are one of the few indigenous peoples to have almost no historical contact with outsiders due to their adopted survival strategy of isolation from the 'civilized' world. Today however, along with the Kogui, Arhuaco and Wiwa, the Kankuamo are subject to a process of cultural assimilation and is facing a substantial loss of its unique culture and identity. It is thought that at some point in the foreseeable future with this continuing trend the Kankuamo will eventually become extinct as a people (Fundacion Hemera, 2006). Like most of Colombia's Indigenous Peoples, the Kankuamo are highly spiritual and pay great reverence to the forces of nature. They are guided by the law of origin or ‘ley de origen' which they regard as being the traditional ancestral science of wisdom and knowledge which manages all that is material and spiritual. The adherence to this law is what guarantees the order and permanence of life, of the universe, and the Kankuamo as an indigenous people. The law of origin regulates the relationships between all living beings from the stones of the earth to humankind itself and tells them that Umunukunu or Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta is the sacred place given to the tribes of Iku, Kaggaba, Sanka y Kankuama. The orders received from the first fathers stated that from the Sierra they will be the guardians of the world with the responsibility to guard the permanence of all forms of life so that there will be continuing equilibrium and harmony between nature and humankind, being also that man is nature (OIK, Hoja de Cruz ,2006).

    Kankuamo

  • Karen womanThe Karen or Kayin people (Karen: Pwa Ka Nyaw Po or Kanyaw) people live mostly in the hills bordering the eastern region and Irrawaddy delta ofn Burma (Myanmar), where they make up approximately 7 percent of the total Burmese population of approximately 50 million people. Due to political violence and instability, however, many Karens have sought asylum and refugee protection in Thailand. There are roughly 400,000 Karen in Thailand today. The Karen are often confused with the Red Karen (or Karenni). One subgroup of the Karenni, the Padaung tribe from the border region of Burma and Thailand, are best known for the neck rings worn by the women of this group of people. Karen legends refer to a 'river of running sand' which ancestors reputedly crossed. Many Karen think this refers to the Gobi Desert, although they have lived in Myanmar for centuries. The Karen constitute the biggest ethnic population in Myanmar after the Bamars and Shans. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Karen People

    Karen

  • The Caritianas or Karitianas are an indigenous people of Brazil whose reservation is located in the western Amazon. They count 313 members, and the leader of their tribal association is Renato Caritiana. They subsist by farming, fishing and hunting, and have almost no contact with the outside world. Their tongue, the Karitiâna language, is a Tupi language of Brazil. In 2007, it was discovered that Western scientists, unbeknownst to the Brazilian agency, FUNAI, that regulates contact between the Caritianas, other tribes, and the outside world, had drawn blood and collected DNA samples, which were later distributed by a non-profit for a fee (it is not clear if this fee amounts to profits for the non-profit, or not). A response from Dr. Hilton Pereira da Silva who was accused of collecting DNA samples credibly suggests that the news story is faulty and irresponsible. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Karitiana People

    Karitiana

  • Drummers at Protest for Klamath SalmonThe Karuk (also Karok) are an indigenous people of California in the United States. The Karuk do not have a legally designated reservation, but do have a number of small tracts held in trust by the federal government as well as tracts owned by the tribe in fee-simple status. These small non-contiguous parcels of land are primarily located along the Klamath River in western Siskiyou County and northeastern Humboldt County in California. A resident population of 333 persons was reported in the 2000 census. There are also a number of tracts located within the city of Yreka. Since time immemorial, the Karuk, whose name means "upriver people", or "upstream" people,] have resided in villages along the Klamath River, where they continue such cultural traditions as hunting, gathering, fishing, basket making and ceremonial dances. The Karuk were the only California tribe to grow tobacco plants. The Brush Dance, Jump Dance and Pikyavish ceremonies last for several days and are practiced to heal and "fix the world," to pray for plentiful acorns, deer and salmon, and to restore social good will as well as individual good luck. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Karuk People

    Karuk

  • The Katkari are a tribal group of indigenous hunter gatherers who live in the Indian state of Maharashtra. Their ongoing survival is threatened by years of systemic exploitation, racial prejudice, abject poverty and loss of their traditional lands. As a hunter gatherer people, they are traditionally reliant on non cultivated wild foods and forest products which are becoming increasingly scarce due to deforestation and development. Efforts to improve food production through agriculture are impeded by their extremely limited access to land. Despite a long history of settlement in the area, the state has never formally recognised nor given them title to much of their traditional lands, robbing them of self-determination and making them vulnerable to encroachment by land developers. Severe malnutrition and starvation are realities in many villages today, with life expectancy falling and their unique culture under threat. Many work as 'bonded labourers', an institutionalised form of slavery that forces them to toil in brick works for extremely poor wages under sub-human conditions. Excerpted from the "The Plight of the Katkari – Indigenous nomads of India" (DOC) You can learn more about the Katkari at http://www.rainforestinfo.org.au/katkari/index.html

    Katkari

  • IMG_0552The Kayan people of Borneo are, like the Kenyah, often spoken of under the title Bahau or referred to as the orang ulu - ‘up river people’. They are called this as they inhabit the banks of the Baram, Bintulu and Mahakam rivers amongst others in Malaysian Sarawak and Indonesian East Kalimantan, Borneo. These rivers provide the possibility for vital transport, sustenance and trade for the Kayan population which, in the late 20th century, numbered around 27,000. The Kayan speak languages similar to the Kenyah belonging to the Malayo-Polynesian branch of the Austronesian language family. They traditionally operate a subsistence economy based on shifting cultivation, supplementing the staple crops made available for harvesting using this technique with meat hunted and fished from the surrounding area and with gathered forest foods. Alongside these subsistence activities the Kayan used to practice a number of notable customs which have become largely extinct. These included an intensely elaborate religion with a large pantheon of gods, the practice of institutions such as augury (divination) and shamanism and also head hunting. Raids tailored toward the goal of taking heads were once common as the Kayan sought to damage their traditional foes the Land Dayaks and the Ibans. Fortunately the Kayan have been able to maintain some of their traditional skills as craftsmen and are especially well known as master smiths and carvers. Like the Kenyah the Kayan consider the head of the Kayan river to be their point of origin. However, reports seem to suggest that this group seems to have come to the area more recently than their neighbours with whom they share much in common. It is thought that for much of their existence in a recognisable form the Kayan were a warlike and mobile conquering group from the South East of the region. It is reported that they actively enslaved other indigenous groups such as the Murut and their ferocity was well known and feared. At the turn of the 20th century however, after the Kayan had migrated to their more recent location, these aspects of Kayan culture were radically challenged. After the Brooke intervention*, which saw the deaths of prodigious numbers of Kayan and Kenyah people, this group were brought further under the control of the colonial Brooke regime which operated for just over one hundred years. This period of cultural subjugation was followed by decades of missionary proselytizing and assimilationist policies as the Kayan endured a great deal of interference. Many Kayan have abandoned or been forced to abandon their traditional lifestyles, leaving their longhouses empty and populating coastal cities. Those who have chosen to retain their traditional lifeways are currently involved in struggles against interventions such as the Baram Dam. Threatening to flood 38,900 hectares of traditionally land to which the Kayan and other groups have customary rights and to displace 20,000 of these people, this affront to these peoples’ culture and livelihoods is indicative of their continuing struggle. Their resistance is indicative of their resolve. * Morrison, H, 1968, Sarawak. Donald Moore Press Ltd, Singapore.

    Kayan

  • The Kayapo (Portuguese: Caiapó) people are the Gê-speaking Indigenous population of the plain lands of the Mato Grosso and Pará in Brazil, south of the Amazon Basin and along Rio Xingu and its tributaries. They call themselves Mebengokre or "the men from the water place“. In 2003, their population was 7,096. Kayapo use a system of shifting cultivation, a type of farming where land is only cultivated for a couple of years. After that, the Kayapo move to another location and allow the old farm land to lie fallow and replenish itself. The Kayapo get medicine from 650 different plants that they find throughout their territory. The Kayapo people believe that their ancestors learned social skills from bees and other insects. That's why the Kayapo paint their bodies, with patterns similar to insect and animal markings. They believe that this allows them to communicate better with the Spirits that exists everywhere and in everything. Using global media and international attention, the Kayapo people have established political power over their own land. At one time, mining and logging threatened to destroy the rainforest, and thus their way of life. In retaliation, the Kayapo people used forceful tactics to banish loggers and miners in some areas, as well as establish themselves as an economic force. Later, they were again threatened by secretive government plans to build a series of hydro-electric dams on their land. Under the leadership of Paulinho Paiakan, the Altamira Gathering was orchestrated by the Kayapo, drawing media attention worldwide. This demonstration, staged at the planned site for the first dam in Altamira, Pará, lasted several days and brought much pressure upon both the World Bank and the Brazilian government. You can learn more about the Kayapo at socioambiental.org Photo by Tatiana_Reis. Some Rights Reserved.

    Kayapo

  • Living in the extreme east of Lembata and the Solor archipelago are an indigenous people known as the Kedang. According to a 1980 census they have a population of almost 30,000. This Kedang population speak a Central Malayo-Polynesian language known as Tutaq-nanang wela, 'the language of the mountain' belonging more broadly to the Austronesian language family. Traditionally the Kedang relied on swidden agriculture to provide the staples of their diet with crops grown including maize, rice, tubers and a variety of vegetables. To supplement these hunting and fishing were practiced whilst pigs, chickens, goats and dogs were kept. Cotton and palms were also grown for use in local crafts and building and the Kedang are particularly notable for their use of bamboo in construction and the creation of beautiful musical instruments. These economic activities occurred near or in the small villages made up of between 100-200 people in which the Kedang lived. Households were made up of nuclear families and at varying times also included grandparents and daughters husbands. Property was inherited down the male line and a number of patrilineal clans could be found in each village. Some of these lifeways and organizational features remain today but there have been wholesale changes in some respects. Many men now join migrant labour forces and participate in a primarily cash economy which is an increasingly prevalent feature in Kedang life, Chinese owned stores that have sprung up in recent times epitomize this encroachment. In addition the Indonesian government has taken control over land ownership and transmission, disturbing the Kedang inheritance system. Though there is now readily available information concerning the Kedang relatively little was known about these geographically isolated people before the very end of the 1800’s. First contact with westerners was made when the Dutch established an administrative capital by force at Kalikur in the 1870’s. However, the Dutch did not commit any sort of numbers to the area until the 1910’s when they set about bending the Kedang people to the will of the Dutch East Indies and Republic of Indonesia. The Kedang population were forcibly disarmed and registered as citizens in an action that was followed by the incessant proselytizing of Lembatan indigenous peoples by Islamic and Catholic missionaries in the 1920’s and 30’s. In the 1960’s political power was removed from Kalikur and Indonesian authorities assumed control of the area after independence was achieved from the Dutch. This new power continued to shift the Kedang around their homeland, implementing enforced settlement policies to move the Kedang people in special administrative villages in an attempt to control this population. Since this time the Indonesian government has actively moved to undermine grassroots political movements amongst the Kedang. As a result this people suffer a lack of voice and representation today. They are threatened by land concessions proposed mining projects which threaten to destroy and displace them from territory which they consider their own but are afforded no rights or access. Despite this most Kedang have rejected money and efforts to coerce them. Refusing to be intimidated by threats they hold firm to what they know to be theirs.

    Kedang

  • Rainforest World Music Festival - Kelapang Kelabit Bamboo BandWith a population of around six thousand the Kelabit are one of the smallest indigenous groups in Sarawak. Traditionally this people speak several different Kelabitic dialects belonging to the Borneo-Phillipine arm of the Austronesian language family. Today, many speak English and Malay languages due to concerted contact and migration. Historically most Kelabit groups inhabited Longhouses known as Barios in the Kelabit Highlands in the north eastern reaches of Sarawak. There they maintained a subsistence lifestyle which revolved chiefly around wet rice cultivation. In addition to growing this vital staple Kelabit fostered citrus fruits and other vegetable products and also owned buffalo, considered important status symbols. Hunting for bush meat and gathering vegetable matter and medicines supplemented growing activities. Kelabit traditional religious activities were entwined with local environmental phenomena. Bird augury and dream interpretation were important spiritual institutions and megaliths were erected to commemorate notable individuals. The Kelabit were also known as ferocious hunters, a reputation which inspired fear in other neighboring groups. The traditional Kelabit lifeways as described here, with the exception of head hunting, continued largely unimpeded until after the Second World War. After fighting in the war alongside US forces however, rapid social and economic changes occurred as first schools and later Christian churches were introduced into Kelabit areas. In terms of religious change Christianity has had a profound impact since its introduction, which is largely viewed in a positive light by the Kelabit. The 1973 Christian spiritual revival amongst the Kelabit people is held by many to be an important liberation event and the majority of the population are now Christians. Technologically Western phenomena such as television, cinema and different forms of technology arrived in the 1980s to compound earlier social changes. These additions represent the supposed ‘modernization’ of the Kelabit during this period. Numerous Kelabit ‘updated’ their longhouses with generators and electrical appliances according to the prevailing direction of development thought at the time which held that the introduction such technology would inevitably see beneficial change. The post war period also saw vast geographical shifts for the Kelabit which continue today. Many have now chosen to migrate to low lying urbanized areas. A trend which strongly echoes the Kelabit legend that non-highlanders were originally moved on from the highland birth place of all humans by a great flood. Now it is the highlanders themselves who have struck out down river. Those who have moved, many of whom are from the younger generations, rarely practice traditional Kelabit subsistence agriculture and have instead become involved in a cash economy. Counteracting these changes wrung in over the last sixty years or so have been tireless efforts to maintain traditional Kelabit cultural practices alongside the additions recent history has brought. The endeavor shown by members of the Kelabit in this task has meant that today much of the culture remains. Master artists making beautiful instruments, and creating practical and decorative goods out of bamboo and rattan still exist. Traditional forms of adornment such as the beautifully worked weights worn in the ears to stretch them and elaborate tattooing are still visible, though usually amongst female elders in this case. Traditional Kelabit ceremonies and dances are still practiced whilst efforts to conserve and record Kelabit oral histories are ongoing. Many of those who have chosen to stay in the highlands maintain their traditional subsistence activities. The continuing virility and importance of these activities demonstrates that traditional knowledge and technology belong in and should be acknowledged as part of a ‘modern’ world rather than being viewed as ineffective anachronisms. Kelabit efforts toward cultural conservation are not without obstacles however. The ongoing exodus of young Kelabit threatens to de-stabilise efforts toward cultural continuity whilst the interest of agricultural firms in developing the Kelabit highlands for large scale agriculture is worrying for those reliant on the land.

    Kelabit

  • Young Dayak Kenyah girlsThe Kenyah, also known as orang ulu - ‘upriver people' along with their close neighbours the Kayan - are based in Sarawak and East Kalimantan the Malaysian and Indonesian sections of Borneo respectively. They may also be referred to as a Bahau people, a generalizing term which belies the fact that the term Kenyah is itself a grouping term referring to over forty groups with similar migration histories, customs and dialects and to over one hundred and ten communities. These groups generally speak a variety of the six Kenyah languages which all belong to the Austronesian language family. Based on the Indonesian and Malaysian Censuses from they year 2000 there are 44,350 Kenyah inhabiting areas of East Kalimantan and 24,906 areas of Sarawak. Many of this population inhabit the river headwaters of the Balui and Baram in areas of tropical jungles whilst others have more recently moved to live in more urbanized coastal areas. Along the rivers Kenyah people live/lived in very large community longhouses, usually at a confluence to ensure good transport by canoe. In their traditional homelands the Kenyah are swidden agriculturalists, cutting and burning small areas of forest to grow dry rice on hill padi, they also hunt and gather to supplement their diets. Most remain agriculturalists in some form today. Kenyah groups are also well known as exceptional craftsmen, boatsmen and for their ceremonies in which they display their prowess as both singers and dancers. In pre-modern times the the Kenyah practiced an animistic religion known as Bungan, but as a result of missionary activity most are now Christians whilst some have converted to Islam. The Kenyah consider their origins to lie at the source waters of the Kayan river and appear to have inhabited the area they remain in for considerably longer than other groups. It is also established fact that the Kenyah had a great rivalry with Iban and Land Dayak peoples with whom they warred frequently and vied with in head hunting feuds. Much of the persecution felt by this group later in their history has been shared by their Kayan cousins as both have undergone religious suppression and had political power in their own lands wrested from them. The power of self determination was effectively taken from the Kenyah as a result of Charles Brooke’s expedition in 1863 which drove into the heart of Kenyah-Kayan territory with help from rival Iban warriors*. This resulted in a prodigious loss of life, ending the resistance of these peoples to rule the of the Rajah of Sarawak. The Brooke regime which followed this bloody campaign ensured that it’s legacy was felt and suppressed numerous traditional practices including the head hunting for which the area is well know. Since this time the Kenyah have adopted certain beliefs and customs such as the aforementioned religious orientations, though Christian churches and rituals in the area often still contain aspects of Bungan worship. Today the Kenyah face issues similar to those encountered by many indigenous populations who inhabit valuable tropical forests. Lacking efficient protective measures illegal logging occurs frequently on Kenyah communal lands as companies such as Samling Timber seek to exploit their resources. When logging occurs legally the Kenyah often do not receive the benefits they are legally entitled to as stakeholders in the land. They continue to fight for their land title and to oppose illegal intrusions and extractions. * Morrison, H, 1968, Sarawak. Donald Moore Press Ltd, Singapore.

    Kenyah

  • Bushman - young boy - Ghanzi, BotswanaThe Kgeikani Kweni (First People of the Kalahari), more commonly known as the San or the Bushmen, are Indigenous Peoples of the Central Kalahari Game Reserve in Botswana. With a population of about 1,000 people, the Kgeikani Kweni are a part of the much larger Khoisan Peoples, who consist of several different groups in Botswana, Gambia and South Africa. The Kgeikani Kweni strongly object to being called San, because it is a term that was applied to them by their ethnic relatives and historic rivals the Khoi [1]. The term is derogatory and racist. The Kgeikani Kweni would much rather be known simply as the Bushmen, even though the term is considered by some (outsiders) to be just as offensive as San. Starting in the 1950s, government-mandated modernization programs forced the Bushemen to abandon their traditional subsistence way of life and become farmers. That policy lasted until the 1990s, when the government switched gears and implemented a relocation policy, forcing the Bushmen off their ancestral land on the Central Kalahari Game Reserve into newly created settlements. Many Bushmen are still in those settlements today. Fortunately, in December 2006, the Bushmen won a landmark victory in the Botswana courts. The judges ruled that the forced relocation was unlawful, and that Bushmen have the right to return home. However, despite the judgment, the government refuses to let the Bushmen hunt or gain access to what precious little water there is on their land. The government has also refused to help them return home.

    Kgeikani Kweni

  • Khmer people are the predominant ethnic group in Cambodia, accounting for approximately 90% of the 14.8 million people in the country. They speak the Khmer language, which is part of the larger Mon-Khmer language family found throughout Southeast Asia. The majority of the Khmer are followers of the Khmer style of Buddhism, a highly syncretic version which blends elements of Theravada Buddhism, Hinduism, animism and ancestor-spirit worship. Significant populations of Khmers reside in adjacent areas of Thailand (Northern Khmer) and the Mekong Delta region of neighboring Vietnam (Khmer Krom). Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Khmer Peoples

    Khmer

  • kichwaKichwa or Quichua refers to the Kichwa-speaking people of Ecuador. The Kichwa are a part of a much larger population in South America (Peru, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia and Argentina) known as the Quechuas (also Runakuna and Ingas). The Kichwa inhabit both the highlands and lowlands of Ecuador. The way of life of the lowland Kichwa has been significantly altered only in the past few decades. Many Kichwa still hold true to their customs and cultivate yuca and other traditional foods in permaculture gardens. The Kichwa's current population (in Ecuador) is estimated at about 80,000 people.

    Kichwa

  • The Kiliwa, (or Kolew, as they call themselves) originally inhabited a wide territory in northern Baja California, including much of the Sierra de San Pedro Martir, Baja California’s highest mountain range.[1] As the smallest remaining indigenous Kumeyaay Peoples in Baja California, the survival of the Kiliwa has been a serious challenge which has required a diverse subsistence strategy including small scale agriculture, raising livestock, harvesting of palmilla and jojoba seed, collecting honey, production of handcrafts and working as wage laborers on neighboring cattle ranches or in the fields of Trinidad Valley[2] , where the Kiliwa are primarily located today. Other Kumeyaay communities include Juntas De Neji, San Jose De La Zorra, San Antonio Necua, Cañon De Los Encino, La Huerta, Santa Catarina, San Isidoro and El Mayor Cucapa References 1. Comunidad Para Baja California 2. Ejido Tribu Kiliwasi

    Kiliwa

  • Gathering to Meet the Northern ExpeditionThe Kitasoo are one of the 14 tribes of the Tsimshian people in Canada, who inhabit, along with Xai'xais people of Heiltsuk ethnic affiliation, the village of Klemtu, British Columbia. The name Kitasoo derives from the Tsimshian name Gidestsu, from git- (people of) and disdzuu, which refers to a large, tiered house-depression. The Kitasoo, along with the Gitga'ata Tsimshians at Hartley Bay, B.C., are often classed as "Southern Tsimshian," their traditional language being the southern dialect of the Tsimshian language. Their band government is the Kitasoo/Xaixais First Nation, a member government of the Oweekeno-Kitasoo-Nuxalk Tribal Council. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Kitasoo Peoples

    Kitasoo

  • Kitchenuhmaykoosib Inninuwug (Gichi-namegosib ininiwag) also known as Big Trout Lake First Nation or KI for short, is a Cree community in Northwestern Ontario. The population of Big Trout Lake was 1,322 residents in January 2007, making it one of the largest First Nations communities in the region. KI was sued for $10 billion by Platinex Inc. over an interim order preventing Platinex from exploring on their traditional territory. The lawsuit bankrupted the already-impoverished First Nation. Fortunately, the Ontario Superior Court ruled in favour of KI, issuing three orders in May, 2007: a Consultation protocol; a timetable; and an MOU on the KI, Platinex, and Ontario. The Court held that appropriate consultation funding was necessary, and that the Court would continue to supervise and facilitate the consultation process. The KI's position had been that "the serious imbalance between the fiscal position(s) of the parties renders the consultation process unfair." A serious of widely reported events followed the ruling, including the arrest of KI Chief Donnie Morris and others from the community. Ultimately, however, Platinex was left with no choice but to walk away.

    Kitchenuhmaykoosib Inninuwug

  • francisca, mariana y sebastiánThe Kogi (or Cogui or Kágaba) live in the Sierra Nevada of Santa Marta in northern Colombia. They are one of four indigenous peoples in the mountainous region, who refer to themselves as the Elder Brothers living in the "Heart of the World" (the Sierra Nevada of Santa Marta). Those not living in the Heart of the World are called "Younger Brothers." The Kogi base their lifestyles on their belief in "The Great Mother," their creator figure, whom they believe is the force behind nature, providing guidance. The Kogi’s understand the Earth to be a living being, and see the colonizers' mining, building, pollution and other activities damaging the Great Mother. From birth the Kogi’s attune their priests, called Mamas, to the mystic world called Aluna. It is in this "spirit-realm" that the Mamas operate to help the Great Mother sustain the Earth. Through deep meditation and symbolic offerings, the Mamas believe they support the balance of harmony and creativity in the world. It is also in this realm that the essence of agriculture is nurtured: seeds are blessed in Aluna before being planted, to ensure they grow successfully. The Kogi, along with the Wiwa, Arhuaco and Kankuamo--direct descendants of the Tayrona--are one of the few indigenous peoples in the western hemisphere to have almost no historical contact with outsiders due to their adopted survival strategy of isolation from the 'civilized' world. Today, however, they are, like other Indigenous Peoples in Colombia, caught in the ongoing conflict between Colombia and Illegal armed groups like FARC and ELN. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Kogi People

    Kogi

  • The Komi are Indigenous Peoples in northeastern Russia around the basins of the Vychegda, Pechora and Kama rivers. They mostly live in the Komi Republic, Perm Krai, Murmansk Oblast, Khanty-Mansi Autonomous Okrug, and Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug in the Russian Federation. The Komis are divided into eight sub-groups. Their northernmost sub-group is also known as the Komi-Izhemtsy (from the name of the river Izhma) or Iz'vataz. This group numbers 15,607. This group is distinct for its more traditional, strongly subsistence based economy which includes reindeer husbandry. Komi-Permyaks (125,235 people ) live in Perm Krai (Komi-Yazvas group) and Kirov Oblast (Upper-Kama Komi group) of Russia. The Komi's overall population is estimated at about 395,000 people. Excerpted from Wikipedia's article on the Komi Peoples

    Komi

  • The Ktunaxa--also known as Kootenai, Kutenai or Kootenay--are an indigenous people of North America. They are one of three tribes of the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes of the Flathead Nation in Montana, and they form the Ktunaxa Nation in British Columbia. There are also small populations in Idaho and Washington in the United States. The Flathead Reservation is home to the Bitterroot Salish and Pend d'Oreilles tribes as well. Ktunaxa is the term that these tribes call themselves, which is pronounced Ta-na-ha, with a barely perceptible ‘k’ sound at the beginning of the word. Traditionally these people have been known as Kootenay in Canada and Kootenai in the United States. The latter terms are an anglicism of the Blackfoot word used to refer to the Ktunaxa. Visit the Ktunaxa Nation's official website at http://www.ktunaxa.org/

    Ktunaxa

  • IMG_3472 Kuikuros Adorned and with Body Painting at Toca da Raposa, São PauloThe Kuikuro today are the most populous Indigenous people of the upper Xingu region in Brazil. The constitute a Carib sub-group alongside other groups that speak dialect variants of the same language (Kalapalo, Matipu and Nahukuá) and make up the multi-lingual system known as upper Xingu, found in the southern part of the Indigenous Park of the Xingu. The Carib peoples can be considered to be as important as the Aruak peoples (Waujá and Mehinako) in the history of the development of this system, although the Aruak are credited with being the original source. The Kuikuro are the original producers of the famous snail shell necklaces and belts that continue to play a key role in the traditional system of exchanges and payments in the upper Xingu. You can learn more about the Kuikuro at socioambiental.org

    Kuikuro

  • The Kumiai--also known as the Kumeyaay, Tipai-Ipai and formerly, Diegueño--are a branch of the Yuman Peoples of North America whose ancestral lands included Southern California, southwestern Arizona, and northwestern Baja California, Mexico. Evidence of human settlement in Kumeyaay territory goes back at least 12,000 years. 7000 BCE marked the emergence of two cultural traditions: the California Coast and Valley tradition and the Desert tradition. Historic Tipai-Ipai emerged around 1000 CE; however, others say that Kumeyaay people have lived in San Diego for 12,000 years. At the time of European contact, Kumeyaay comprised several autonomous bands with 30 patrilineal, clans. Spaniards entered Tipai-Ipai territory in the late 18th century, bringing with them non-native, invasive weeds, and domestic animals, which causes dramatic changes to the local environment. Under the Spanish Mission system, bands living near Mission San Diego de Alcalá, established in 1769, were called Diegueños. After Mexico took over the lands from Spain, they secularized the missions in 1834, and Ipai and Tipais lost their lands and essentially became serfs. From 1870 to 1910, American settlers seized the best farming and grazing lands. In 1875, President Ulysses Grant created reservations in the area, and additional lands were placed under trust patent status after the passage of the 1891 Act for the Relief of Mission Indians. The reservations tended to be small and lack adequate water supplies. Kumeyaay people supported themselves by farming and agricultural wage labor; however, 20-year drought in the mid-20 century crippled the region's dry farming economy. For their common welfare, several reservations formed the non-profit Kumeyaay, Inc. The combined Kumeyaay population today is estimated at 3000–3200 people. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Kumeyaay Peoples

    Kumiai

  • The Kuruaya are a Brazilian tribal group in the state of Pará.

    Kuruaya

  • A Mon-Khmer speaking people, the Kuy (also called Kuoy or Suoi) can be found throughout Thailand, Laos and Cambodia. Their overall population is estimated at 516,000.

    Kuy

  • First Nations welcome Abbott to Big HouseThe term Kwakiutl, historically applied to the entire Kwakwaka'wakw ethno-linguistic group of originally 28 peoples, comes from one of the Kwakwaka'wakw tribes, the Kwagu'l or Kwagyeulth, at Fort Rupert, with whom Franz Boas did most of his anthropological work and whose Indian Act Band government is the Kwakiutl First Nation. The term is now considered a misnomer by most of the peoples it is applied to, the correct term for whom is Kwakwaka'wakw, which means Kwak'wala-speaking-peoples, although some bands such as the Laich-kwil-tach at Campbell River still embrace it -they are known as the Southern Kwakiutl and the tribal council they are in is the Kwakiutl District Council (which includes the Kwakiutl First Nation). The Kwakiutls are known for potlatches.

    Kwakiutl

  • Long Thoi CommuneThe K'ho Lach (Lat) are an indigenous people in the Lam Dong province of Vietnam's Central Highlands.

    Lach

  • The Lakota also known as Lakhota, Teton, Tetonwan ("dwellers of the prairie"), Teton Sioux) are a Plains People based in several territories throughout the United States and Canada. The Lakota are part of a confederation of seven Nations jointly known as the Oceti Shakowin or Seven Council Fires. The seven nations that comprise the Oceti Shakowin are: Bdewákaŋthuŋwaŋ (Mdewakanton), Waȟpéthuŋwaŋ (Wahpeton), Waȟpékhute (Wahpekute), Sisíthuŋwaŋ (Sisseton), the Iháŋkthuŋwaŋ (Yankton), Iháŋkthuŋwaŋna (Yanktonai), and the Thítȟuŋwaŋ (Teton or Lakota). The Lakota were originally referred to as the Dakota when they lived by the Great Lakes. Encroaching European-American settlement led them to migrate west from the Great Lakes region. They later called themselves the Lakota, and were also called Sioux. They were introduced to horse culture by the Cheyenne about 1730. After their adoption of the horse, šúŋkawakȟáŋ ([ˈʃũka waˈkˣã]) ('dog [of] power/mystery/wonder') their society centered on the buffalo hunt with the horse. There were estimated to be 20,000 Lakota in the mid-18th century. The number has now increased to about 70,000, of whom about 20,500 speak the Lakota language. Legally and by treaty a semi-autonomous "nation" within the United States, the Lakota Sioux are represented locally by officials elected to councils for the several reservations and communities in the Dakotas, Minnesota, Nebraska. They are represented on the state and national level by the elected officials from the political districts of their respective states and Congressional Districts. Band or reservation members living both on and off the individual reservations are eligible to vote in periodic elections for that reservation. There are nine bands of Dakota and Lakota in Manitoba and southern Saskatchewan, with a total of 6,000 registered members. They are recognized as First Nations but are not considered "treaty Indians". As First Nations they receive rights and entitlements through the Indian and Northern Affairs Canada department. However as they are not recognized as treaty Indians, they did not participate in the land settlement and natural resource revenues. The Dakota rejected a $60 million land rights settlement in 2008. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Lakota peoples

    Lakota

  • The Lao Tai represent one of nearly 240 distinct ethnic groups in Laos. The Lao Tai live primary in northern Laos; but they can also be found in adjacent areas like south-west China, north Thailand and north-west Vietnam. Largely self-sufficient, The Lao Tai cultivate rice corn, wheat and beans and also engage in swidden agriculture. As with so many other Indigenous peoples, the Lao Tai are under considerable amount of pressure to abandon their traditional ways and modernize.

    Lao

  • Larrakia are the Aboriginal Traditional Owners of Larrakia Country which includes the area in and around Darwin, Northern Territory in Australia. The original language name of the group now known as Larrakia, is Gulumirrgin. Larrakia country traditionally includes the Darwin Harbour, Cox Peninsula across the Darwin Harbour, most of Gunn Point and much of rural Darwin. Larrakia people are known as "saltwater people", Larrakia country extends up to 50km inland. Larrakia had trading routes mostly extending down the western side of the NT. Established 'songlines' penetrated throughout the country, allowing stories and histories to be told and retold along the routes. Excerpted from Wikipedia

    Larrakia

  • Kinder destruidoThe Lenca are an indigenous people of southwestern Honduras and eastern El Salvador. They once spoke the Lenca language, which is now considered extinct. In Honduras, the Lenca are the largest indigenous group with an estimated population of 100,000. El Salvador's Lenca population is estimated at about 37,000. The pre-Conquest Lenca had frequent contact with various Maya groups as well as other indigenous peoples of Mexico and Central America. Lenca are often mistakenly identified as being related to the Maya peoples, because the Lenca language shared some similar features with major neighboring language families of Mesoamerica. Lenca culture has undergone centuries of acculturation preceding the Spanish conquest. Like other indigenous groups of Central America, they represent one of the many stages of acculturation, with the changing of cultural relationships to the land. While there are ongoing political problems over indigenous land rights and identity, the Lenca have been able to retain many Pre-Columbian traditions. Although they have lost much of their native culture, including their indigenous language, the living Lenca preserve enough of their traditional ways to identify themselves as indigenous peoples. The Lenca of El Salvador currently reside in the Eastern departments of Usulután, San Miguel, Morazán, and La Unión north and east of the Lempa River. In Honduras, Lenca populations and settlements are in the central department of La Paz, and the western departments of Lempira, Ocotepeque, Intibucá, Comayagua, Francisco Morazán, and Choluteca. Excerpted from Wikipedia

    Lenca

  • India: Traditional knowledge in Lepcha and Limbu communities (Kalimpong, Eastern Himalaya)The Lepcha or Róng people, also called Róngkup ("children of the Róng") and Mútuncí Róngkup Rumkup ("beloved children of the Róng and of God"), and Rongpa, are the Indigenous people of Sikkim, India. Many Lepcha are also found in western and southwestern Bhutan, Tibet, Darjeeling, the Ilam District of eastern Nepal, and in the hills of West Bengal.. Overall, there are between 30,000 and 50,000 Lepchas. The Lepchas are divided into many clans (Lepcha: putsho), each of which reveres its own sacred lake and mountain peak (Lepcha: dâ and cú) from which the clan derives its name. Excerpted from Wikipedia

    Lepcha

  • Presently, there is no information about the Leragere available.

    Leragere

  • The Lheidli T'enneh are a subgroup of the Dakelh people whose traditional territory includes the city of Prince George, British Columbia. The name means "The People from the confluence of the two rivers" in the Carrier language and refers to the fact that the Nechako River enters the Fraser River at Prince George. The Lheidli T'enneh are Carrier people. Their traditional language, now spoken only by a few people, is a dialect of the Carrier language.

    Lheidli Tenneh

  • DawagayThe Lumad is a term being used to denote a group of indigenous peoples of the southern Philippines. It is a Cebuano term meaning "native" or "indigenous". The term is short for Katawhang Lumad (literally "indigenous peoples"), the autonym officially adopted by the delegates of the Lumad Mindanaw Peoples Federation (LMPF) founding assembly on 26 June 1986 at the Guadalupe Formation Center, Balindog, Kidapawan, Cotabato, Philippines. It is the self-ascription and collective identity of the non-Islamized indigenous peoples of Mindanao. There are 18 Lumad ethnolinguistic groups namely, Atta, Bagobo, Banwaon, B’laan, Bukidnon, Dibabawon, Higaonon, Mamanwa, Mandaya, Manguwangan, Manobo, Mansaka, Subanon, Tagakaolo, Tasaday, Tboli, Teduray, and Ubo.

    Lumad

  • Maasai Warriors DancingThe Maasai (also Masai) are a semi-nomadic people located in Kenya and northern Tanzania. They are among the most well known Indigenous People in all of Africa, due to their distinctive customs and dress and residence near wildlife areas in East Africa which are now considered game parks. The Maasai speak Maa, which is a member of the Nilo-Saharan language family. The Maasai population has reported as numbering 840,000 in Kenya in the 2009 census, compared to 377,000 in 1989. The Tanzanian and Kenyan governments have instituted programs to encourage the Maasai to abandon their traditional semi-nomadic lifestyle, but the people have continued their age-old customs. Recently, Oxfam has claimed that the lifestyle of the Maasai should be embraced as a response to climate change because of their ability to farm in deserts and scrublands. Many Maasai tribes throughout Tanzania and Kenya welcome visits to their village to experience their culture, traditions, and lifestyle.

    Maasai

  • MachiguengaThe Machiguenga (also Machigenga, Matsigenka, Matsigenga) are an indigenous people of the Amazon Basin jungle regions of southeastern Peru, east of Machu Picchu and close to the borders of Bolivia and Brazil. Their culture is based around the hunter-gatherer concept, and they cultivate swidden agricultural plots. The main crop grown is cassava, and their main protein is a small rodent called paca. During the dry season, they also use fishing to supplement their dietary protein. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Machiguenga Peoples

    Machiguenga

  • The Madhesi (Also Madyadesi or Mahesi) are an indigenous group based predominantly in the Terai Plains region in Nepal. Their name means ‘those from the middle country’ and is derived from the Sanskrit ‘madhya des.’ This name refers specifically to the geographical location of the Terai plains where the Madhesi continue to practice agriculture, their chief means of securing income and survival. The Madhesi are an exceptionally numerous group in comparison to many other indigenous groups. In 1991 the Madhesi population accounted for forty percent of the entire Nepali population. Within this large demographic several languages are routinely spoken and are largely dependent on geographical situation. Many speak Hindi whilst other languages used include Maithili, Bhojpuri, Awadhi, Santhal and Northern Bengali. The Madhesi peoples observe a number of varied faiths including Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism and Islam. Despite all of this diversity, a majority of the Hindu Madhesi observe the rules and delicate structure of a caste society. The Madhesi people believe that they are descended from the divine Virupaksha, an aspect of Shiva but regrettably their own understanding of their mythological origins has not deterred others from introducing the Madhesi to earthly struggle. The Shah monarchy, so long in power in Nepal, and other groups such as the Chhetris and Bahuns have been responsible for the political and cultural subjugation of the Madhesi in the past. Holding a monopoly over government, the military and administration at various times in the past, these cultures extolled a “one nation, one culture” policy to the detriment of the Madhesi and other ‘minority’ groups. The Pahari Chhetri for example, highlanders who viewed the Madhesi as Un-Nepalese due to their appearance, initiated land grabs having moved into the Terai in the Twentieth Century. Instilling a strict hierarchy of ownership they threatened Madhesi subsistence and disempowered them to mount a political challenge. Little changed until the Twenty First Century despite a people’s movement in the nineties. In the aftermath of a bloody civil war the Republic of Nepal was established in 2008 and two ethnic Madhesis’ have since held the office of president and vice president. Access to political recognition has improved and the Madhesi now reportedly have a greater chance of gaining paid work and of securing legal aid. Unfortunately in the present day, though some problems have been addressed, others remain and new ones have arisen. Civil service affairs continue to be conducted solely in the Nepali language, limiting access to this important area to speakers of other previously mentioned dialects. More disturbing than this has been the rise of minority factions such as the Madhesi Janadhikar Forum (MJF), a group supposedly formed to fight for Madhesi rights but which has been implicated in terror activities and human rights violations against other indigenous and political groups. This faction has now splintered but non-Madhesi peoples are concerned over the ideology of Madhesi movements like the MJF who they perceive to favour an assimilatory ‘one Madhes, one province’ policy. Evidently these fears echo those historically suffered by the Madhesi themselves and extremist factions do currently pose a challenge to the peaceful coexistence of different groups in the region, threatening to effect an ironic reversal of historical sufferings.

    Madheshi

  • Gravações Pré Rio+20 - Documentário povos indígenas de RoraimaThe Macuxi (Portuguese: Macuxi) are an ethnic group of southern Guyana and northern Brazil. There are approximately 15,000 Macushi speakers in Brazil and 9,000 in Guyana. The Macushi see themselves as descendants of the sun's children, who created fire, as well as diseases, and they also believe they discovered Washacá – Tree of Life. The Macushi believe in the life principle – stkaton – and they believe it comes from the sun. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Macuxi Peoples

    Makuxi

  • The Wolastoqiyik, or Maliseet are an Algonquian-speaking Indigenous people of the Wabanaki Confederacy.

    Maliseet

  • The Mandinka, Malinke (also known as Mandinko) are one of the largest ethnic groups in West Africa with an estimated population of eleven million (the other 3 major ethnic groups in the region being the non-related Fula, Hausa and Songhai). They are the descendants of the Mali Empire, which rose to power under the rule of the great Mandinka king Sundiata Keita. The Mandinka in turn belong to West Africa's largest ethnolinguistic group, the Mandé, who account for more than twenty million people (including the Dyula, Bozo, Bissa and Bambara). The Mandinka live primarily in West Africa, particularly in The Gambia, Guinea, Mali, Sierra Leone, Cote d'Ivoire, Senegal, Burkina Faso, Liberia, Guinea Bissau, Niger, Mauritania and even small communities in the central African nation of Chad. Although widespread, the Mandinka do not form the largest ethnic group in any of the countries in which they live except The Gambia. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mandinka Peoples

    Mandinka

  • Children of the Paddy - FloresManggarai are Indonesian people inhabiting western Flores, one of the Lesser Sunda Islands, in Indonesia. Numbering approximately 500,000 in the late 20th century, the Manggarai speak a language in the Bima-Sumba subgroup of Indonesian languages. The Manggarai were historically ruled alternately by the Bimanese of Sumbawa and the Makassarese of Celebes. Their own political system is based on clans, led by the chief of the Todo clan. Manggarai descent is patrilineal, and the fundamental settlement pattern is the village, which is composed of at least two clans. Each clan traditionally existed in relationship with two others; a group of three clans had complementary roles in providing and receiving marriage partners, but today marriage rules are more flexible. The Manggarai practice swidden agriculture, growing rice and corn (maize); permanent rice terraces became more common after 1960. They also grow coffee, onions, and mung beans for export and raise horses and water buffalo. As a result of the Dutch influx in the 20th century, most of the Manggarai are Roman Catholic.

    Manggarai

  • Maori performanceThe Maori are the native or indigenous Polynesian people of New Zealand (Aotearoa – The Long White Cloud). They arrived in New Zealand from eastern Polynesia in several waves at some time before 1300 CE. Over several centuries in isolation, the Maori developed a unique culture with their own language, a rich mythology, distinctive crafts and performing arts. They formed a tribal society based on East Polynesian social customs and organisation. Horticulture flourished using plants they introduced, and after about 1450 a prominent warrior culture emerged. The arrival of Europeans to New Zealand starting from the 17th century brought enormous change to the Maori way of life. Maori people gradually adopted many aspects of Western society and culture. Initial relations between Maori and Europeans were largely amicable, and with the signing of the Treaty of Waitangi in 1840 the two cultures coexisted as part of a new British colony. However, rising tensions over disputed land sales led to conflict in the 1860s. Social upheaval, decades of conflict and epidemics of disease took a devastating toll on the Maori population. But by the start of the 20th century the Maori population had begun to recover, and efforts were made to increase their standing in wider New Zealand society. A marked Maori cultural revival gathered pace in the 1960s and is continuing. In 2010, there were an estimated 660,000 Maori in New Zealand, making up roughly 15% of the national population. They are the second-largest ethnic group in New Zealand, after European New Zealanders ("Pakeha"). In addition there are over 100,000 Maori living in Australia. The Maori language is spoken to some extent by about a quarter of all Maori, and 4% of the total population, although many New Zealanders regularly use Maori words and expressions in normal speech such as "Kia ora". Maori are active in all spheres of New Zealand culture and society, with independent representation in areas such as media, politics and sport. The Maori face significant economic and social obstacles, with lower life expectancies and incomes compared with other New Zealand ethnic groups, in addition to higher levels of crime, health problems and educational under-achievement. Socioeconomic initiatives have been implemented aimed at closing the gap between Maori and other New Zealanders. Political redress for historical grievances is also ongoing. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Maori People

    Maori

  • Celebración año nuevo mapuche Municipalidad de peñalolénThe Mapuche people are the original inhabitants of a vast territory in what is now Chile and Argentina. In Chile the Mapuche live mainly in the provinces of Bio-Bio, Arauco, Malleco, Cautin, Valdivia, Osorno, Llanquihue and Chiloe. As a result of population growth and hence overcrowding in indigenous reservations, the majority of Mapuche people now live in the large urban centres of Santiago, Concepción, Valparaíso, Temuco and Valdivia. In Argentina the Mapuche live in the provinces of Buenos Aires, La Pampa, Neuquén, Rio Negro and Chubut. The Mapuche population in Argentina has grown to around two hundred and fifty thousand. In the Chilean population census of 1992, carried out by the National Institute of Statistics, approximately one million people surveyed declared themselves to be Mapuche [1] Historically the Mapuche, whose name means "Earth People", were known to the Spanish as the Araucanians (araucanos); However, this term is now mostly considered to be pejorative.[2] In 1641, the Spanish signed the Treaty of Quillin which defined the Mapuche traditional territory. However, with the defeat of the Spanish in 1810, the original treaties of 1641 were abrogated. The new Republics of Chile and Argentina instigated their own treaties which led to the gradual takeover of the Mapuche territory. Just 50 years later, between 1860-1885, the Chilean and Argentinian armies invaded the Mapuche territory in a massive dispossession recorded in Chile as the "Pacification of the Araucanian", and in Argentina as the "Campaign of the Desert". Around 100,000 Mapuche were massacred as a result of the joint military campaign. [3] Despite the historical subjugation (which is, in several respects, ongoing) the Mapuche continue to speak their own language (Mapu-dugun), and practice their own customs and traditions. However, the Mapuche are still under a considerable amount of pressure, especially in Chile, where the needs and rights of the indigenous peoples are continually ignored.

    Mapuche

  • The Maricopa or Piipaash, are a Native American tribe, who live in the Salt River Pima-Maricopa Indian Community and Gila River Indian Community along with the Pima, a tribe with whom the Maricopa have long held a positive relationship. The Maricopa, mostly Xalychidom Piipaash, at the Salt River Pima-Maricopa Indian Community are concentrated in Lehi,[3] while the Maricopa at the Gila River Indian Community are concentrated in Maricopa Colony. The Maricopa were a former Yuma River group, living along the banks of the Colorado River. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Maricopa Peoples

    Maricopa

  • The Matipu are an ethnic group close to extinction in Brazil which has a population estimated at about 127 individuals in 2010, they had a population of 40 in the 1995 census. They speak the Matipu language of the Carib family and are mainly of animist faith. They live in the Brazilian state of Mato Grosso, in the Xingu National Park. They are mostly fishermen, hunters and farmers of cassava and maize. They are related to the Matipu-Nahukua group, with whom they both share a common a language despite the fact that they are ethnically different. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Matipu Peoples

    Matipu

  • The Matsés or Mayoruna are an indigenous tribe of the Peruvian and Brazilian Amazon. The tribe's ancestral lands are currently threatened by illegal logging practices and poaching. These homelands are located between the Javari and Galvez rivers. The Matsés have guarded their lands from both other indigenous tribes and outsider colonials. The approximately 3,200 Matsés people speak the Matsés language which belongs to the Panoan language family. In the last thirty years, they have become a largely settled people living mostly in permanent forest settlements. However, they still rely on hunting and gathering for most of their subsistence. Their main source of income comes from selling peccary hides and meat. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Matsés Peoples

    Matses

  • Tz'utuhil Maya girls in Panabaj, GuatemalaThe Maya people constitute a diverse range of Indigenous Peoples in southern Mexico and northern Central America. The overarching term "Maya" is a convenient collective designation to include the peoples of the region who share some degree of cultural and linguistic heritage; however, the term embraces many distinct populations, societies, and ethnic groups, who each have their own particular traditions, cultures, and historical identity. There are an estimated 7 million Maya living in this area at the start of the 21st century. Ethnic Maya of Guatemala, southern Mexico and the Yucatan Peninsula, Belize, El Salvador, and western Honduras have managed to maintain substantial remnants of their ancient cultural heritage. Some are quite integrated into the majority hispanicized Mestizo cultures of the nations in which they reside, while others continue a more traditional culturally distinct life, often speaking one of the Maya languages as a primary language. The largest populations of contemporary Maya inhabit Guatemala, Belize, and the western portions of Honduras and El Salvador, as well as large segments of population within the Mexican states of Yucatán, Campeche, Quintana Roo, Tabasco, and Chiapas. Excerpted from Wikipedia

    Maya

  • The Maya Chortis are descendants of the people who inhabited the capital of the ancient Maya empire of Copán in Honduras, who now live in the departments of Copán and Ocotepeque. Maya Chorti are said to number about 3,500 people; however, the Consejo Nacional Indígena Maya Chortí de Honduras (CONIMCHH) suggests, according to its membership, that the number is closer to 10,000. Chorti in Honduras have moved away from tradition due to mainstream influences. Unlike the Maya in Guatemala, the Maya Chortis no longer wear traditional clothing and have taken on other aspects of mainstream culture. Over the past decade, Maya Chorti leaders have been advocating for a resurgence of traditional indigenous values. Since 2002 CONIMCHH has also been working to revive the language by offering Chorti language classes in several villages. Text by Minority Rights International

    Maya-Chortis

  • The Mayagna (also known as Sumu or Sumo) are a people who live on the eastern coasts of Nicaragua and Honduras, an area commonly known as the Mosquito Coast. Their preferred autonym is Mayagna, as the name "Sumo" is a deragatory name historically used by the Miskito people. Their language belongs to the Misumalpan language family. Their culture is more similar to that of the indigenous peoples of Costa Rica, Panama, and Colombia than the Mesoamerican cultures to their north. The Mayagna inhabited much of the Mosquito Coast in the 16th century. Since then, they have become more marginalized following the emergence of the Miskito as a regional power. Today, most people speak Mayagna at home but can also speak Miskito in order to interact with the communities around them. In 2001 the Mayagna of the small community of Awas Tingni (then 1100 people) won an important ruling from the Inter-American Court of Human Rights, established in 1979 by agreement among the signatories of the Organization of American States (OAS). The ruling established that indigenous peoples had rights to the land where they had traditionally lived and had tenure. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mayangna Peoples

    Mayagna

  • Mujer Mazahua en la feria de Tepotzotlán - Vendor at Tepotzotlan's Fair; Tepotzotlán, MexicoThe Mazahua are an indigenous people of Mexico, inhabiting the northwestern portion of the State of Mexico and northeastern area of Michoacán, with a presence also in the Federal District owing to recent migration. The largest concentration of Mazahua is found in the municipalities of San Felipe del Progreso and San José del Rincón, both in Mexico state (Estado de México), near Toluca. According to the 1990 Mexican census Mazahua speakers numbered 127,826; the Ethnologue counts some 350,000 Mazahua. The word Mazahua is of Nahuatl origin meaning "the owners of deer", probably referring to the rich fauna of the mountainous region inhabited by the Mazahua. However they refer to themselves as Hñatho. The Mazahua subsist mainly on the extensive agriculture of maize, squash and beans, and they also produce wool and wooden handicrafts. Recently the Mazahua were affected adversely by the Cutzamala dam operation, which caused many Mazahua, mainly women, to take up arms and form civil rights movements to protect their land claims and human rights. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mazahua Peoples

    Mazahuas

  • The Mehinako, Mehinaku, Mehináku, or Meinacos are members of an indigenous group located in the region around the headwaters of the Xingu River in Brazil. They speak an Arawakan language[1] and currently reside in area around the Tuatuari and Kurisevo rivers. They have a population of 259 (in 2010). In 1884, when the first German explorers arrived at the Xingu River headwaters and began to document the tribes living there, the Mehinako had two villages and a camping site used only during the dry season. Many anthropologists believe that, at the time, the population of the region may have been more than four times what it is today, and that the villages were likely much larger. The Mehinako have no provision for privacy in their social arrangements, and live with a striking degree of transparency. Huts that house families of ten or twelve people have no internal walls, and are situated around an open area that is in constant view. On the rare occasions when members of the group are out of sight, their activities can be inferred by their curious fellow villagers, who are able to recognize (and draw from memory) each other's footprints. Gregor sums up the situation by writing: "Each individual's whereabouts and activities are generally known to his relatives and often to the community as a whole. A Mehinaku has little chance of staying out of the public eye for any length of time." Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mehinako Peoples

    Mehinako

  • The Meeteis or Meiteis are the majority ethnic group of Manipur, India, and because of this are sometimes referred to as Manipuris. Generally speaking, Meitei is an endonym and Manipuri is an exonym. The Meitei people are made up of seven clans, who trace their written history back to 33 AD. Meiteis occupy only 10% of the total geographical areas of the present day Manipur State. It is situated in the far Eastern part of India, bordering Myanmar in the East and South-East. The majority of the people of Manipur are the “Meiteis” who mainly inhabit in the plains which is roughly only about 10 % of the total geographical areas (2238 km2) whereas the Nagas and Kukis dominate the hilly areas which form the rest 90 % of the land (20089 km2) .The valley people were ruled by their Meitei kings but their ruled never extended beyond the Valley and the Hill areas remains under various chieftain of the Tribes. Meitei is also written as Meetei. The Meitei society has shared with the Nagas and Kukis, the other two dominant communities settled mainly in the hills. The seven clans of the Meiteis ruled in different principalities, mainly in the valley. The Meitei feudal kingdom started in 33 AD when King Pakhangba of the Ningthouja Dynasty united all the seven clans and ascended the throne. The term Meitei now refers to five social groups now - the Meitei marup (believe in only Meitei culture and God), Meitei Christians, Meitei goura Chaytonya (believe in both Meitei and Hindu gods), the "Meitei" Brahmins[citation needed] (locally called Shreehatti original Bhamons) and the Meitei Muslims (called Miah Meitei or Pangal). All of them has Meiteilon as their mother-tongue. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Meitei Peoples

    Meitei

  • The Métis (Michif) are one of the Aboriginal peoples in Canada who trace their descent to mixed First Nations parentage. The term was historically a catch-all describing the offspring of any such union, but within generations the culture syncretised into what is today a distinct aboriginal group, with formal recognition equal to that of the Inuit and First Nations. Mothers were often Cree, Ojibway, Algonquin, Saulteaux, Menominee, Mi'kmaq or Maliseet. At one time there was an important distinction between French Métis born of francophone voyageur fathers, and the Anglo Métis or Countryborn descended from Scottish fathers. Today these two cultures have essentially coalesced into one Métis tradition. Other former names—many of which are now considered to be offensive—include Bois-Brûlés, Mixed-bloods, Half-breeds, Bungi, Black Scots and Jackatars. The Métis homeland includes regions scattered across Canada, as well as parts of the northern United States (specifically Montana, North Dakota, and northwest Minnesota). Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Metis Peoples

    Metis

  • Metlakatla First Nation is a band government based at Metlakatla on the North Coast of British Columbia, Canada, to the north of the city of Prince Rupert. They are a member of the Tsimshian First Nations treaty council.

    Metlakatla

  • The Mirrar are an Aboriginal Australian indigenous people who’s traditional home lies in the countries Northern Territory. Specifically the Mirrar inhabit areas of the Kakuda national park, Jabiluka billabong country and parts of Mount Brockman. The Mirrar have claimed nearly all of their traditional lands under the 1976 Aboriginal Land Rights Act with the exception of the excised site of Jabiluka town and the surrounding area. Though the successfully claimed land is considered Mirrar territory this people do not maintain strict boundaries with relation to other aboriginal groups. Three aboriginal languages are spoken amongst the Mirrar with Gundjehimi the most widely practiced of these. English is also spoken and the Mirrar display, as many indigenous peoples do, a great aptitude for linguistics. The group has a small population of only twenty six adult members. Traditionally the Mirrar practice hunting and gathering but also use environmental controls in the form of monitored burnings which encourage germination and also act to prevent uncontrollable wild fires. Their connection to their land is further strengthened by the important practice of maintaining Mirrar sacred sites. The Mirrar report that European Anthropologists have traced this groups connection to their country back to at least forty thousand years ago. Calling themselves “custodians since time immemorial” they were amongst the first groups of Aborigines to receive rights to their traditional lands under the Aboriginal Land Rights Act. Despite this they have been constantly threatened, legislated against and coerced by government authorities and mining groups. Against the wishes of traditional Mirrar owners and despite a mining veto provision in the land rights act ways have been found to make mining concessions on Mirrar land which lies a-top extensive uranium deposits. The Ranger Uranium mine was established just in time to avoid the veto provision and the Mirrar are powerless to rid themselves of it as a result, they have however fought hard to prevent another mine such as this one. Such a venture has been threatening the Mirrar for sometime in the form of plans for a Jabiluka mine. Though plans were buried in 1983 by Bob Hawke they were re-established in the nineties to devastating effect. Despite Mirrar opposition mining company North Limited began construction on the site prompting UNESCO to declare itself ‘gravely concerned about the serious impacts on the living cultural values of Kakadu National Park posed by the proposal’. After desecrating Boyweg Almudj sacred site with toxic waste North Limited were forced to walk away. It is now thought the Jabiluka mine will never go ahead. This is a major victory for the Mirrar and Aboriginal land rights which have been historically manipulated to vast degrees, allowing exploitation such as that suffered by the Mirrar. Today the Mirrar people continue to care for their sacred sites, practice their traditional customs and are involved in concerted efforts to teach young Mirrar in these lifeways to achieve cultural survival and continuity. They are resolved to face down any future challenges to the title they rightly hold with the same tenacity that ensured Mirrar Senior Traditional Owner Yvonne Margarula was awarded the Friends of the Earth International Environment award in 1998.

    Mirarr

  • The Miskito (Misquito, Misqito) live in an area that stretches along the Mosquito coast from Cape Camaron, Honduras to Rio Grande, Nicaragua. With a population of as many as 200,000 people they are a numerous indigenous group compared to many. The majority of the populus, some 180,000, speak Miskito, a Misumalpan language. Spanish and Creole English are also relatively widely spoken, mainly as second languages.

    Historically, the Miskito operated a mixed subsistence economy of hunting, gathering, fishing and gardening. They were particularly known for their fishing skills.

    Today the Miskito remain remain connected to their maritime roots, being heavily involved in the lobster export industry. Many other subsistence activities of the Miskito have now become similarly commercially focused; many men join migrant labour forces and women assume full responsibility for household economic decisions and ownership.

    Miskito history is spattered with conflict and contact with both seemingly benevolent and openly aggressive foreigners. First contact was established with Northern European privateers, who's ships wrecking led to the mixing of some Miskito groups with the slaves who were freed by the wreckage and came to shore. Miskito groups who mixed with African ex-slaves became known as Miskitos Zambos. Later, a relationship of sorts was struck with the British resulting in an informal trade agreement which saw the Miskitos protected from the Spaniards through the establishment of a Miskito kingdom which became a British protectorate. Until 1894 a degree of autonomy was kept; but in this year the Miskito kingdom was assimilated into the state of Nicaragua. Resistance proved unsuccessful and by this time many Miskito had adopted Christianity and European names and dress.

    In more recent times, the Miskito have fought against state intervention and unfair land expropriation. In the 1980's Miskito guerrilla bands formed. Popularly known as contras, they fought the left wing Sandinista Junta of Nicaragua which sought to dispossess and disempower the Miskito. They suffered massacres and many fled to neighbouring Honduras but their fight alongside others was ultimately successful. In 1992, with the Sandinista Junta defeated, security zones were created.

    The Miskito are now striving for further autonomy, announcing the independence of The Community Nation Of Moskitia from Nicaragua in 2009. As yet there has been no formal global or Nicaraguan response to this declaration.

    Miskito

  • The Miwok (Miwuk, Mi-wuk, Mewuk) are an indigenous group comprised of four linguistically related peoples. All speak Miwokan languages in the Utiam family, in this tongue the name Miwok translates as ‘the people’. The Miwok population stands at approximately 3,500, a number which represents the sum of dispersed groups of people inhabiting four main areas, Bays, Sierras and Plains, Coast and Lakes. Eleven Miwok tribes are federally recognised whilst others such as the Eldorado Miwok remain unacknowledged. All Miwok groups are native to Northern California. Pre-contact, and for some time after it, the Miwok are thought to have lived in small un-centralized bands. They predominantly operated a hunter gatherer subsistence lifestyle but are also known to have domesticated dogs and practiced the small scale cultivation of Black Oak acorns, a natural product which was held in high regard. The Miwok were known for their encyclopaedic plant knowledge and identification skills. They discovered numerous uses for plants which could be utilized as medicinal, nutritional and combative aids. For example the so-called ‘soap root’ was used not only as a cleaning aid but also in fishing as the Miwok discovered that if diffused into water it stupified fish making them easy to catch. The Miwok managed to foster generally peaceful relations with Spanish and Mexican settlers unlike other groups who seem to have largely ignored their existence, perhaps not considering them a threat. Later in their history, around 1812, Russian fur traders arrived on Miwok soil and the same peaceful relations could not be established. The Russians threatened Miwok livelihoods, hunting on their lands with little respect for the Miwok peoples’ reliance on this eco-system for both food and economic income. This led to violent clashes which contributed to a rising mortality rate as the Miwok were simultaneously ravaged by foreign diseases. The lot of the Miwok did not improve when the Russians left. In 1848 the USA claimed California and soon after the much romanticized Gold rush began. With it came land grabs, disruputive mine digging, and more disease. The Miwok and other Native American groups were viewed as pests and shot on sight, though they fought back their resistance lasted only a year before being moved onto the small reservations, known as rancheiras, where they still live to this day. Today the Miwok peoples ardently keep their traditional culture alive on the rancheiras through continued attention to cultural practices such as dance, song, games and crafts. Though they now often participate in a cash economy Miwok groups have reinvested heavily in their communities, strengthening their hold over their own physical and cultural well being. One example of this reinvestment is the building of new community housing on Tuolumne Rancheira using profit from the Miwok owned casino.

    Miwok

  • The Mixtec (or Mixteca) are indigenous Mesoamerican peoples inhabiting the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla in a region known as La Mixteca. The Mixtecan languages form an important branch of the Otomanguean language family. The term Mixtec (Mixteco in Spanish) comes from the Nahuatl word mixtecah, "cloud people" . The area in which Mixtec is spoken is known as the Mixteca. The Mixtecs call themselves ne'ivi davi; they call their region Ñuu Savi, Ñuu Djau, Ñuu Davi, etc., depending on the local variant of their language; they call their language sa'an davi, da'an davi or tu'un savi. The Mixtec area, both historically and currently, corresponds roughly to the western half of the state of Oaxaca, with some Mixtec communities extending into the neighboring state of Puebla to the north-west and also the state of Guerrero. The Mixtec people and their homelands are often subdivided into three geographic areas: The Mixteca Alta or Highland Mixtec living in the mountains in, around, and to the west of the Valley of Oaxaca; the Mixteca Baja or Lowland Mixtec living to the north and west of these highlands, and the Mixteca de la Costa or Coastal Mixtec living in the southern plains and the coast of the Pacific Ocean. For most of Mixtec history the Mixteca Alta was the dominant political force, with the capitals of the Mixtec nation located in the central highlands. The valley of Oaxaca itself was often a disputed border region, sometimes dominated by the Mixtec and sometimes by their neighbors to the east, the Zapotec. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mixtec Peoples

    Mixteca

  • Thomas Clair Mi'Kmaq artistThe Mi'kmaq (also spelled Micmac, Miigmaq, Mi’gmaq, Mìgmaq) are a First Nations people, indigenous to the northeastern region of New England, Canada's Atlantic Provinces, and the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec. The nation has a population of about 40,000 (plus 21,429 in the Qalipu First Nation), of whom nearly 11,000 speak the Míkmaq language. The Mi'kmaq historically referred to themselves as Lnu, but used the term níkmaq (my kin) as a greeting. The French initially referred to the Míkmaq as Souriquois and later as Gaspesiens or (through English) "Mickmakis". The British originally referred to them as Tarrantines. The Mi'kmaw territory was divided into seven traditional "districts". Each district had its own independent government and boundaries. The independent governments had a district chief and a council. The council members were band chiefs, elders, and other worthy community leaders. The district council was charged with performing all the duties of any independent and free government by enacting laws, justice, apportioning fishing and hunting grounds, making war, suing for peace, etc. The Seven Mi'kmaq Districts are Kespukwitk, Sikepnékatik, Eskíkewaq, Unamákik, Piktuk aqq Epekwitk, Sikniktewaq, and Kespékewaq. In addition to the district councils, there was also a Grand Council or Santé Mawiómi. The Grand Council was composed of "Keptinaq", or captains in English, who were the district chiefs. There were also Elders, the Putús (Wampum belt readers and historians, who also dealt with the treaties with the non-natives and other Native tribes), the women council, and the Grand Chief. The Grand Chief was a title given to one of the district chiefs, which was usually from the Mi'kmaq district of Unamáki or Cape Breton Island. This title was hereditary and usually went to the Grand Chief's eldest son. The Grand Council met on a little island on the Bras d'Or lake in Cape Breton called "Mniku", on a reserve today called Chapel Island or Potlotek. To this day, the Grand Council still meets at the Mniku to discuss current issues within the Mi'kmaq Nation. The Mi'kmaq were members of the Wapnáki (Wabanaki Confederacy), an alliance with four other Algonquian-language nations: the Abenaki, Penobscot, Passamaquoddy, and Maliseet. The allied tribes ranged from present-day New England in the United States to the Maritime Provinces of Canada. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mi'kmaq Peoples

    Mi’kmaq

  • The Mocoví are an indigenous tribe of the Gran Chaco. They live in Chaco Province and Santa Fe Province of Argentina.

    Mocovi

  • The Mon are an ethnic group from Burma (Myanmar), living mostly in Mon State, Bago Division, the Irrawaddy Delta, and along the southern Thai–Burmese border. One of the earliest peoples to reside in Southeast Asia, the Mon were responsible for the spread of Theravada Buddhism in Burma and Thailand. The Mon culture is credited as a major source of influence on the dominant Burmese culture.

    Mon

  • The description Moors has referred to several historic and modern populations of Berber, Black African and Arab descent from Northern Africa, who came to conquer, occupy and rule the Iberian Peninsula for nearly 800 years. At that time they were Muslim, although earlier the people had followed other religions. They called the territory Al Andalus, comprising most of what is now Spain and Portugal. " Moors" are not a distinct or self-defined people. Medieval and early modern Europeans applied the name primarily to Berbers, but also at various times to Arabs, Muslim Iberians and West Africans from Mali and Niger who had been absorbed into the Almoravid dynasty.

    Moor

  • The Munda are tribal (Adivasi) people of the Chota Nagpur Plateau region. They are found across Jharkhand, Bihar, West Bengal, Chhattisgarh, Orissa and Assam states of India, and into parts of Bangladesh. Their language is Mundari, which belongs to the Munda subgroup of the Austro-Asiatic language family. There are estimated to be two million Munda people. The term Munda designates the name of the leader of the tribal community. The munda call themselves "Hodoko" which means "Human Beings". Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Munda Peoples

    Munda

  • Ethiopia - Mursi TribeThe Mursi (or Murzu) are a pastoralist ethnic group that inhabits southwestern Ethiopia. They principally reside in the Debub Omo Zone of the Southern Nations, Nationalities, and People's Region, close to the border with South Sudan. According to the 2007 national census, there are 7,500 Mursi, 448 of whom live in urban areas; of the total number, 92.25% live in the Southern Nations, Nationalities, and People's Region (SNNPR). Mursi from Dinka Surrounded by mountains between the Omo River and its tributary the Mago, the home of the Mursi is one of the most isolated regions of the country. Their neighbors include the Aari, the Banna, the Bodi, the Kara, the Kwegu, the Me'en, the Nyangatom and the Suri. They are grouped together with the Me'en and Suri by the Ethiopian government under the name Surma. The Mursi have declared their territory a community conservation area as of July, 2008 and have begun a community tourism project, http://www.mursicommunity.org/. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Mursi Peoples

    Mursi

  • B2N04 - Muscogee StorytellerThe Muscogee (or Muskogee), also known as the Creek or Creeks, are a Native American people traditionally from the southeastern United States. Mvskoke is their name in traditional spelling. The modern Muscogee live primarily in Oklahoma, Alabama, Georgia, and Florida. Their language, Mvskoke, is a member of the Muscogee branch of the Muscogean language family. The Muscogee were the first Native Americans to be "civilized" under George Washington's civilization plan. In the 19th century, the Muscogee were known as one of the "Five Civilized Tribes", because they had integrated numerous cultural and technological practices of their more recent European American neighbors. Influenced by their prophetic interpretations of an 1811 comet and earthquake, the Upper Towns of the Muscogee, supported by the Shawnee leader Tecumseh, began to resist European-American encroachment. Internal divisions with the Lower Towns led to the Red Stick War (Creek War, 1813-1814); begun as a civil war within the Muscogee Nation, it enmeshed them in the War of 1812 against the United States. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Muscogee Peoples

    Muscogee

  • The Nadleh Whut'en First Nation is a First Nations government of the Dakelh people, whose territory is located in the Central Interior of British Columbia, Canada, around the east end of Fraser Lake. The nation has seven reserves which Indian and Northern Affairs Canada refer to as IR#1-9. (Reserves 5 and 6 split from Nadleh Whut'en and make up Stellat'en First Nation. Until 1990, it was referred to as the Fraser Lake Indian Band. Nadleh Whut'en has 412 registered members, of which half live on reserve. Most of the nation's members reside in Nadleh, the main community, while others (approximately 20) live at in Lejac. Nadleh is located along the banks of the Nautley (Nadleh) river, between Fraser Lake and the Nechako River. Lejac is located on the south side of Fraser Lake, on the site of the former Lejac Residential School. The Nadleh Whut'en speak a dialect of the Carrier language part of the Athapaskan language family. Carrier people refer themselves as Dakelh, which means "people who travel by water." The nation has one elected government chief and four elected government council members. The Nadleh Whut'en practice the traditional system of balhats (potlatch) and have five clans, whose crests are: Bear, Frog, Caribou, Beaver and Owl. Their traditional staple foods include salmon, moose, deer, and small game, as well as berries, all of which as still collected by most band members each year for the winter. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nadleh Whut'en First Nation

    Nadleh Whuten

  • Longwa - NagalandThe term Naga (Burmese: Naka, Hindi: नागा) refers to a conglomeration of several tribes inhabiting the North Eastern part of India and north-western Burma. The tribes have similar cultures and traditions, and form the majority ethnic group in the Indian state of Nagaland. Some of the prominent Naga tribes are Angami, Ao, Chakhesang, Chang, Khiamniungan, Konyak, Lotha, Pochury, Phom, Poumai, Rengma, Sangtam, Sema (Sumi), Mao (Memai) , Yimchunger, Zeliang(Zeme and Liangmai). There are 16 officially recognized tribes in the Nagaland state of India. The other Naga tribes can be found in the contiguous adjoining states of Manipur, Assam, Arunachal Pradesh and across the border in Burma. Some of these tribes are: Zeme, Liangmai, Mao (Memai), Nocte, Phom, Pochuri, Poumai Naga, Rongmei, Tangsa, Tutsa, and Wancho. The Naga people traditionally are tribally organized, with a strong warrior tradition. Their villages are sited on hilltops and until the later part of the 19th century, they made frequent armed raids on the plains below. Although the tribes exhibit variation to a certain degree, considering the diversity in their languages and some traditional practices, they have many similarities in their cultures which set them apart from the neighboring occupants of the region. Almost all these tribes have a similar dress code, eating habit, customs, traditional laws etc. However, one trait that sets them apart from the other groups in the region is their Head Hunting Custom (Which was prevalent at one point of time in Nagaland and among Naga tribes in Myanmar) Though they no longer practice head hunting at present. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Naga people

    Naga

  • The Nahuas are a group of indigenous peoples of Mexico. Their language of Uto-Aztecan affiliation is called Nahuatl and consists of many more dialects and variants, a number of which are mutually unintelligible. About 1,500,000 Nahua speak Nahuatl and another 1,000,000 speak only Spanish. Evidence suggests the Nahua peoples originated in the southwestern part of what is now the United States and northwestern Mexico. They split off from the other Uto-Aztecan speaking peoples and migrated into central Mexico around 500 CE. They settled in and around the Basin of Mexico and spread out to become the dominant people in central Mexico. Some of the most important Mesoamerican civilizations were of Nahua ethnicity, including the Toltec and Aztec cultures, as well as the Tepaneca, Acolhua, Tlaxcaltec, Xochimilca, and many others. The name Nahua is derived from the Nahuatl word nāhuatl, which means "clear", "intelligible" or "speaking the Nahuatl language". It was used in contrast with popoloca, "to speak unintelligibly" or "speak a foreign language". Another, related term is Nahuatlaca, literally "Nahua people". The Nahuas are also sometimes referred to as Aztecs. Using this term for the Nahuas has generally fallen out of favor in scholarship, though it is still used for the Aztec Empire. They have also been called Mexicanos or Mexicans, after the Mexica, a prominent Nahua group. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nahua people

    Nahua

  • The Nahukuá are members of a small, indigenous ethnic group in the upper Xingu River area of Brazil. Their population was 146, as of 2010, making them the smallest group in the region.

    Nahukua

  • En la Plaza de BolivarThe Páez people, also known as the Nasa, are an indigenous people in the department of Cauca, southwestern Colombia. The term “páez” is the Spanish version of the word pats, “to the right [of the Cauca River]”. The system of encomienda established by the conquistadors during the colonization efforts undertaken upon the Americas in the 16th century created a Nasa labour force that rebelled against the Spanish domination and put up a fight of resistance that ultimately lead to an agreement with the Spanish Crown in the early 18th century. Through this agreement, the Nasa people got certain autonomy in their 'resguardos' (indigenous reservations) in exchange for their acceptance of colonial rule and Christianity. However, the few rights that they were allowed to exercise were reduced over time; and, as time passed, the reductions in freedoms and territory became more and more evident. In recent decades, the Nasa have been caught up in the ongoing armed conflict between the Colombian army, the Revolutionary Armed Forces (FARC) and right-wing paramilitaries. In the 1980s some Nasa people briefly formed their own armed group, Quintin Lame, to fight back. However, when it became apparent that Quintin Lame was doing more harm than good, it was demobilised. The Nasa then declared themselves 'actively neutral' and rejected all forms of violence; that neutrality--coupled with the Nasa's fierce independence-- attracted harassment, kidnappings, murders and massacres of entire communities. In 2001 The Nasa responded to this violence by organising the 'Indigenous Guard', a permanent, nonviolent, civil defence organisation. At present the Guard has about 6,000 active members charged with protecting communities by preventing the incursion of armed groups into the tribe's territorial reserves.

    Nasa

  • The Naskapi are the indigenous Innu inhabitants of an area they refer to as Nitassinan, which comprises most of what other Canadians refer to as eastern Quebec and Labrador, Canada. Innu people are frequently divided into two groups, the Montagnais who live along the north shore of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, in Quebec, and the less numerous Naskapi who live farther north. The Innu themselves recognize several distinctions (e.g. Mushuau Innuat, Maskuanu Innut, Uashau Innuat) based on different regional affiliations and various dialects of the Innu language. The word "Naskapi" (meaning "people beyond the horizon") first made an appearance in the 17th century and was subsequently applied to Innu groups beyond the reach of missionary influence, most notably those living in the lands which bordered Ungava Bay and the northern Labrador coast, near the Inuit communities of northern Quebec and northern Labrador. The Naskapi are traditionally nomadic peoples, in contrast with the territorial Montagnais. Mushuau Innuat (plural), while related to the Naskapi, split off from the tribe in the 20th century and were subject to a government relocation program at Davis Inlet. The Naskapi language and culture is quite different from the Montagnais, in which the dialect changes from y to n as in "Iiyuu" versus "Innu". Some of the families of the Naskapi Nation of Kawawachikamach have close relatives in the Cree village of Whapmagoostui, on the eastern shore of Hudson Bay. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Naskapi people

    Naskapi

  • Sieyic - PanamaThe Naso or Teribe (also Tjër Di) are an indigenous people of Panama and Costa Rica. They primarily live in northwest Panama in the Bocas del Toro Province. There are roughly 3,500 people who belong to the Naso tribe. It is one of the few indigenous societies that continue to have a monarchy. The Naso people have traditionally occupied the mountainous jungle regions of western Bocas del Toro where they continue to identify with the lands along the river that became known in the Spanish speaking world as the Teribe or Tjër Di in Naso. ‘Di’ means ‘water’ and 'Tjër' is their mythical “Grand-Mother” who was endowed by God with the secrets of botanical medicine (Instituto de Estudios de las Tradiciones Sagradas de Abia Yala 2001:68). Until as recently as three or four generations ago the Naso people led a remarkably autonomous existence. Dispersed among their clans and homesteads, and geographically isolated from most of the world, the Naso developed and nurtured their cultural self-sufficiency through the idiom and the institution of the family. The tribe is governed by a king. The succession, according to tradition, would follow from the king to his brother, to the older son of the previous king. Since the 1980s, succession is based on the vote of the adult population. Typically, when there is a sense within the community that there is dissatisfaction with the current king (or sometimes queen, for instance queen Rufina), another member of the royal family may choose to stand for a public vote to see if they can replace the current king. In 2004 King Tito was deposed following his approval of a hydro electric scheme on the River Bonyic which traverses Naso territory. He was deposed in a civil uprising in the capital - Seiyik - and forced into exile. His uncle is now considered the King of Naso by the majority of the tribe, although this state of affairs is yet to be recognised by the Panamanian Government. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Naso Peoples

    Naso

  • More commonly known as the Navajo, the Dineh (Dine or Naabeehó) of the Southwestern United States are the largest single federally recognized tribe of the United States of America. The Navajo Nation has 300,048 enrolled tribal members.[1] The Navajo Nation constitutes an independent governmental body which manages the Navajo Indian reservation in the Four Corners area of the United States. The Navajo language is spoken throughout the region, although most Navajo speak English as well.

    Visit the Navajo Nations official site by clicking HERE.

    Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Navajo People

    Navajo

  • The Nenets, also known as Samoyeds, are an indigenous people in northern arctic Russia. According to the latest census in 2002, there are 41,302 Nenets in the Russian Federation, most of them living in the Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug and Nenets Autonomous Okrug. There are two distinct groups based on their economy: the Tundra Nenets (living far to the north) and the Khandeyar or Forest Nenets. The third group Kominized Nenets (Yaran people) has emerged as a result of intermarriages between Nenets and the Izhma tribe of the Komi peoples. After the Russian Revolution, Nenets culture suffered considerably. The government of the Soviet Union tried to force the nomadic peoples to become sedentary. They were forced to settle in villages and their children were educated in state boarding schools, which resulted in erosion of their cultural identity. Many, especially in the Nenets Autonomous Okrug lost their mother tongue and became assimilated. Since the 1930s, a few Nenets have come to express themselves through professionalized cultural media. Nenets culture and lands have also suffered as a result of industrialization . Because of the expansive gas and oil industry, the reindeer pastures are shrinking and overgrazing of certain areas in some regions (Yamal Peninsula) have further endangered the Nenets way of life. It has also been documented that climate change is causing problems for nomadic Nenets reindeer herders, as certain parts of the land they need to cross is only accessible in winter - which now comes later and leaves earlier. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nenets people

    Nenets

  • The Neskonlith (sometimes Neskainlith) are First Nations government in the Canadian province of British Columbia located in the Shuswap district east of Kamloops. It is a member of the Shuswap Nation Tribal Council, one of two main governmental bodies of the Secwepemc (Shuswap) people. It was created when the government of the Colony of British Columbia established a Reserve system in the 1860s. Neskonlith is named after Chief Neskonlith. The original reserve created is what is known as the Neskonlith Douglas Reserve. The Neskonlith First Nation is divided into three reserves, two near Chase, British Columbia, and one near Salmon Arm, British Columbia. The Band, is a member of the Shuswap Nation Tribal Council, currently has around 600 members. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Neskonlith First Nation

    Neskonlith

  • BoqueteThe Ngobe People (also spelled Ngäbe or Ngöbe) can be found primarily in the Ngäbe-Buglé comarca in the Western Panamanian provinces of Veraguas, Chiriquí and Bocas del Toro, as well as in the indigenous town of Conte, Costa Rica near the southern tip of the country. The Ngobe traditionally referred to themselves as the Guaymí-- a term that simply means "people" in the Ngäbe language. The term is infrequently used today. More often, the Ngobe are referred to as Ngöbe Buglé---this is a union of the Ngobe (Ngöbe) and the Bokota (Buglé) Peoples who live together in the Ngöbe–Buglé Comarca (an indigenous province that signifies a high degree of administrative autonomy). Although both Indigenous Peoples are closely associated, the Ngäbe and Buglé are two separate linguistic/indigenous groups whose languages are mutually unintelligble. Historically, Ngobe subsistence relied on crop raising, small-scale livestock production, hunting, and fishing; however, external pressures on the Ngobe's land has led to a significant decrease in local wildlife, which has forced many Ngobe to take part in a cash economy. As a direct result of this, the Ngobe-Bugle are considered to be the most impoverished of all indigenous Peoples in Panama. Despite their past and present-day challenges, however, the Ngobe have largely maintained their customs, traditions and language. According to some estimates, there are 250,000 Ngäbere speakers.

    Ngobe

  • PICT6672aThe Nisga'a (pronounced nisqa), often formerly spelled Nishga and spelled in the Nisga’a language as Nisga’a, are an Indigenous nation or First Nation in Canada. They live in the Nass River valley of northwestern British Columbia. Their name comes from a combination of two Nisga’a words: Nisk’-"top lip" and Tl’ak’-"bottom lip". This term was used because K’alii-aksim Lisims (Nass River Valley) is so bountiful that many living creatures come to it to feed. The Nisga’a saw that every living creature used its Nisk’ and Tl’ak’ to eat, therefore... Nisga’a! The Nisga’a people number about 6,000. In British Columbia, the Nisga’a Nation is represented by four Villages: Gitlakdamix (New Aiyansh), Gitwinksihlkw (Canyon City), Laxgalts’ap (Greenville), Gingolx (Kincolith). The government bodies of the Nisga'a include the Nisga'a Lisims Government, the government of the Nisga'a Nation, and the Nisga'a Village Governments, one for each of the four Nisga'a Villages. The Nisga'a Lisims Government is embodied in the Wilp Si'Ayuukhl Nisga'a and located in in the Nisga's Lisims Government Building in Gitlakdamix. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nisga'a people

    Nisga'a

  • The Nukak people (also Nukak-Makú) live between the Guaviare and Inírida rivers, in the depths of the tropical humid forest, on the fringe of the Amazon basin, in Guaviare Department, Republic of Colombia. They are nomadic hunter-gatherers with seasonal nomadic patterns and in addition they practice a shifting horticulture in small scale. An "uncontacted people" until 1988, they have since lost half of their population, primarily to disease. Having suffered the devastation of their population (by malaria, measles and pulmonary diseases); now, coca growers, left-wing FARC guerillas, right-wing AUC paramilitaries and the Colombian army have occupied their lands. The Nukak have therefore become embroiled in Colombia's armed conflict. In 2006, a group of nearly 80 Nukak left the jungle and sought assimilation along with cultural preservation. As one of the migrants, Pia-pe put it, "We do want to join the white family, but we do not want to forget words of the Nukak." In October 2006, leader and Nukak Spanish speaker Maw-be' committed suicide by drinking poison; friends and the National Indigenous Organization of Colombia (ONIC) described him as in desperation in his inability to secure supplies or a safe return to their homeland for the Nukak. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nukak people

    Nukak

  • Tribal views: the Nyangatom at KangateThe Nyangatom (sometimes written Inyangatom, also known as Donyiro or Bumé) are a Nilotic ethnic group inhabiting southwestern Ethiopia and southeastern South Sudan. Numerically small and bellicose, they tend herds in a particularly inhospitable part of the disputed Ilemi Triangle. The Nyangatom are related to the Toposa, their only friendly neighbours, in the extreme southeast of South Sudan. Their language is one of the Eastern Nilotic languages, closely related to Karimojong, and Teso of Uganda, Toposa and Turkana; these languages together form the cluster of Teso-Turkana languages. They are called by the pejorative exonym Bume meaning "the smelly ones" by their neighbours (all but one ethnic group in the region being their enemies) such as the Suri and Turkana in the Omo valley. Since the 1990s they have been armed with automatic weapons from Ethiopia because of their dispute with the Turkana. They struggle to get water, as they have to dig wells, whereas other local ethnic groups just go to the rivers. Food is often scarce; the men herd animals, while doing this they must have guns (commonly used guns are AK-47s, smuggled in from the Sudan) ready at all time, to protect their cattle from violent raiders which can strike at any time. While herding their animals the men live on a staple of milk and blood taken from their cows (without harming them seriously). Upon killing an enemy they scar themselves repeatedly to stop the bad blood from magically killing them. They are blessed and have their names changed when they kill.[citation needed] The Nyangatom were in danger of displacement and or denial of access to grazing and agricultural land, by African Parks Foundation, also known as African Parks Conservation, of the Netherlands. The Nyangatom were coerced into signing documents they could not read by government park officials. The documents said the Suri agreed to give up their land without compensation. The documents are being used to legalize the boundaries of the Omo National Park, which African Parks has taken over. This process, when finished, will make the Nyangatom 'illegal squatters' on their own land. A similar fate is befalling the Mursi, Dizi and Surma, who also live within the park. 463 houses were burned down in Nechisar National Park on November 25, 2005, and people were evicted, after African Parks Foundation signed an agreement with the government to take it over. The landloss threat ended in 2008 when African Parks Foundation withdrew from its lease of Omo and Nechisar National Parks in Ethiopia. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Nyangatom people

    Nyangatom

  • The Okiek, sometimes called the Ogiek or Akiek (although the term Akiek sometimes refers to a distinct subgroup), are an indigenous people based in Northwestern Tanzania, Southern Kenya (in the Mau Forest), and Western Kenya (in the Mount Elgon Forest). In 2000 the ethnic Okiek population was estimated to number 36,869, although the number of those speaking the Akiek language was as low as 500. Many Ogiek speakers have shifted to the languages of surrounding peoples: the Akiek in northern Tanzania now speak Maasai and the Akiek of Kinare, Kenya now speak Gikuyu. The Ogiek are one of various groups of hunter-gatherers in Kenya and Tanzania to which the term Dorobo or Ndorobo (a term of Maasai origin now considered derogatory) has been applied. The Ogiek have made numerous claims against the government of Kenya alleging unfair treatment, especially that they have been illegally dispossessed of their land. Timsales Ltd. is active in deforestation in its area for long. It is partly owned by relatives of former presidents Kenyatta and Moi. You can learn more about the Ogiek People at www.ogiek.org

    Ogiek

  • The Ogoni people are one of the many indigenous peoples in the region of southeast Nigeria. They share common oil related environmental problem with the Ijaw people of Niger Delta, but Ogonis are not listed in the list of people historically belonging to Niger Delta. They number about one point five million people and live in a 404-square-mile (1,050 km2) homeland which they also refer to as Ogoni, or Ogoniland. The Ogoni rose to international attention after a massive public protest campaign against Shell Oil, led by the Movement for the Survival of the Ogoni People (MOSOP). The territory is located in Rivers State on the coast of the Gulf of Guinea, east of the city of Port Harcourt. It extends across the Local Government Areas (LGAs) Khana, Gokana, Tai, and Eleme. Traditionally, Ogoniland is divided into the six kingdoms of Babbe, Eleme, Gokana, Ken-Khana, Nyo-Khana, and Tai. The Ogoni speak the related, mutually intelligible languages of Khana, Gokana, Tai, Eleme and Ban Ogoi part of the linguistic diversity of the Niger Delta. Like many peoples on the Guinea coast, the Ogoni have an internal political structure subject to community by community arrangement, including appointment of chiefs and community development bodies, some recognized by government and others not. They survived the period of the slave trade in relative isolation, and did not lose any of their members to enslavement. After Nigeria was colonized by the British in 1885, British soldiers arrived in Ogoni by 1901. Major resistance to their presence continued through 1914. The Ogoni were integrated into a succession of economic systems at a pace that was extremely rapid and exacted a great toll from them. At the turn of the twentieth century, “the world to them did not extend beyond the next three or four villages,” but that soon changed. Ken Saro-Wiwa, the late president of MOSOP, described the transition this way: “if you then think that within the space of seventy years they were struck by the combined forces of modernity, colonialism, the money economy, indigenous colonialism and then the Nigerian Civil War, and that they had to adjust to these forces without adequate preparation or direction, you will appreciate the bafflement of the Ogoni people and the subsequent confusion engendered in the society.” The Ogoni people have been victims of human right violations for many years. In 1993, following protests that were designed to stop contractors from laying a new pipeline for Shell, the Mobile Police Force men (MPF) raided the area to quell the unrest. In the chaos that followed, it has been alleged that 27 villages were raided, resulting in the death of 2,000 Ogoni people and displacement of 80,000. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Ogoni Peoples

    Ogoni

  • The Ohlone people, also known as the Costanoan, are a Native American people of the central California coast. The term "Ohlone" has been used in place of "Costanoan" since the 1970s by some descendant groups and by most ethnographers, historians, and writers of popular literature. Before the Spanish came, the Ohlone lived in more than 50 distinct landholding groups, and did not view themselves as a distinct group. They survived by hunting, fishing, and gathering, in the typical ethnographic California pattern. Originally, the Ohlone religion was shamanism, but in the years 1769 to 1833, the Spanish missions in California had a devastating effect on Ohlone culture. The Ohlone population declined steeply during this period. The Ohlone living today belong to one or another of a number of geographically distinct groups, most, but not all, in their original home territory. The Muwekma Ohlone Tribe has members from around the San Francisco Bay Area, and is composed of descendents of the Ohlones/Costanoans from the San Jose, Santa Clara, and San Francisco missions. The Ohlone/Costanoan Esselen Nation, consisting of descendants of intermarried Rumsen Costanoan and Esselen speakers of Mission San Carlos Borromeo, are centered at Monterey. The Amah-Mutsun Tribe are descendants of Mutsun Costanoan speakers of Mission San Juan Bautista, inland from Monterey Bay. Most members of another group of Rumsen language, descendants from Mission San Carlos, the Costanoan Rumsen Carmel Tribe Of Pomona/Chino, now live in southern California. These groups, and others with smaller memberships (see groups listed under the heading Present Day below) are separately petitioning the federal government for tribal recognition. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Ohlone people

    Ohlone

  • The Ojibwe (also Ojibwa or Ojibway) or Chippewa (also Chippeway) are among the largest groups of Native Americans–First Nations north of Mexico. They are divided between Canada and the United States. In Canada, they are the third-largest population among First Nations, surpassed only by Cree and Inuit. In the United States, they had the fourth-largest population among Native American tribes, surpassed only by Navajo, Cherokee and the Lakota. Because many Ojibwe were historically formerly located mainly around the outlet of Lake Superior, which the French colonists called Sault Ste. Marie, they referred to the Ojibwe as Saulteurs. Ojibwe who subsequently moved to the prairie provinces of Canada have retained the name Saulteaux. Ojibwe who were originally located about the Mississagi River and made their way to southern Ontario are known as the Mississaugas. The Ojibwe peoples are a major component group of the Anishinaabe-speaking peoples, a branch of the Algonquian language family which includes the Algonquin, Nipissing, Oji-Cree, Odawa and the Potawatomi. The Ojibwe peoples number over 56,440 in the U.S., living in an area stretching across the northern tier from Michigan west to Montana.[citation needed] Another 77,940 of main-line Ojibwe; 76,760 Saulteaux and 8,770 Mississaugas, in 125 bands, live in Canada, stretching from western Quebec to eastern British Columbia.[citation needed] They are historically known for their crafting of birch bark canoes, sacred birch bark scrolls, use of cowrie shells for trading, cultivation of wild rice, and use of copper arrow points. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Ojibwe Peoples

    Ojibway

  • The Okanagan people, also spelled Okanogan, are a First Nations and Native American people whose traditional territory spans the U.S.-Canada boundary in Washington state and British Columbia. Known in their own language as the ?uk?na?qínx, they are part of the Interior Salish ethnological and linguistic groupings, the Okanagan are closely related to the Spokan, Sinixt, Nez Perce, Pend Oreille, Shuswap and Nlaka'pamux peoples in the same region. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Okanagan people

    Okanagan

  • Orang Asli Woman and Child, Taman NegaraOrang Asli (lit. "original people", "natural people" or "aboriginal people" in Malay), is a generic Malaysian term used for people indigenous to Peninsular Malaysia. Officially, there are 18 orang asli tribes. Orang Asli kept to themselves until the first traders from India arrived in first millennium AD. Living in the interior they bartered inland products like resins, incense woods and feathers for salt, cloth and iron tools. The rise of the Malay sultanates, coinciding with trade in Orang Asli slaves, forced the group to retreat further inland to avoid contact with outsiders. The arrival of British colonists brought further inroads in the lives of Orang Asli. They were the target of Christian missionary and subjects of anthropological research. Slave raids into Orang Asli settlements were quite common feature back in the 18th and 19th centuries. These slave-raiders were mainly local Malays and Bataks, who considered the Orang Asli as 'kafirs', 'non-humans', 'savages' and 'jungle-beasts.' The modus operandi was basically to swoop down a settlement and then kill off all the adult men. Women and children were captured alive as they are 'easier to tame.' The captives Orang Asli slaves were sold off or given to local rulers and chieftains to gain their favour. Slaves trade soon developed and even continued into the present century despite the official abolition of all forms of slavery in 1884. The derogatory term sakai was used to refer to the Orang Asli until the middle of the 20th century meant slave or dependent. Many of the elders Orang Asli still remember this period of their history, and they detest being called Sakai. In 2000, the Orang Asli comprise only 0.5% of the total population in Malaysia. Their population is approximately 148,000. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Orang Asli

    Orang Asli

  • Pa-Oh TempleThe Pa-Oh (also known as Taungthu and Black Karen) form an ethnic group in Burma, comprising approximately 600,000. The Pa-Oh form the second largest ethnic group in Shan State, and are classified as part of the "Shan National Race" by the government, although they are believed to be of Tibeto-Burman stock, and are ethnolinguistically related to the Karen. They populate Shan State, Kayin State, and Kayah State. The Pa-Oh settled in the Thaton region of present-day Myanmar about 1000 B.C. Historically, the Pa-Oh wore colorful clothing, until King Anawratha defeated the Mon King Makuta, who had established his reign in Thaton. The Pa-Oh were enslaved, and forced to wear indigo-dyed clothing, to signify their status. However, there are regional variations of clothing among the Pa-Oh. Many have adopted Bamar clothing, while men may wear Shan baung-mi (long baggy pants). The majority of Pa-Oh are Buddhists, but a written language was created by Christian missionaries. The Pa-Oh predominantly engage in agriculture, cultivating leaves of the thanapet tree (Cordia dichotoma) and mustard leaves. The Pa-Oh have largely assimilated into Bamar society, adopting many Bamar traditions and wearing Bamar clothing. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pa'O people/a>

    Pa-O

  • The Paipai (Pai pai, Pa'ipai, Akwa'ala, Yakakwal) are an aboriginal people of northern Baja California, Mexico. They occupied a territory lying between the Kiliwa on the south and the Kumeyaay and Cocopa on the north, and extending from San Vicente near the Pacific coast nearly to the Colorado River's delta in the east. Today they are concentrated primarily at the multi-ethnic community of Santa Catarina in Baja California's northern highlands.

    Paipai

  • SingersPaiute refers to three closely related groups of Native Americans — the Northern Paiute of California, Idaho, Nevada and Oregon; the Owens Valley Paiute of California and Nevada; and the Southern Paiute of Arizona, southeastern California and Nevada, and Utah. The Northern and Southern Paiute both speak languages belonging to the Numic branch of the Uto-Aztecan family of Native American languages. Usage of the terms Paiute, Northern Paiute and Southern Paiute is most correct when referring to groups of people with similar language and culture. It does not imply a political connection or even an especially close genetic relationship. The Northern Paiute speak the Northern Paiute language, while the Southern Paiute speak the Ute-Southern Paiute language. These languages are not as closely related to each other as they are to other Numic languages. The Bannock, Mono tribe, and Coso People, Timbisha and Kawaiisu peoples, who also speak Numic languages and live in adjacent areas, are sometimes referred to as Paiute. The Bannock speak a dialect of Northern Paiute, while the Mono Tribe and other three peoples speak separate Numic languages: Mono language is more closely related to Northern Paiute, as is Coso; Timbisha language is more closely related to Shoshoni, and Kawaiisu language is more closely related to Ute-Southern Paiute. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Paiute people/a>

    Paiute

  • The Paiwan (Chinese: 排灣; pinyin: Páiwān; Pe̍h-ōe-jī: Pâi-oan) are an indigenous tribe of Taiwan. They speak the Paiwan language. In the year 2000 the Paiwan numbered 70,331. This was approximately 17.7% of Taiwan's total indigenous population, making them the third-largest tribal group. One of the most important figures in Paiwan history was supreme chief Toketok (卓其督; ca. 1817 - 1874), who united 18 tribes of Paiwan under his rule, and in 1867 concluded a formal agreement with Chinese and Western leaders to ensure the safety of foreign ships landing on their coastal territories in return for amnesty for Paiwan tribesmen who had killed the crew of the barque Rover in March 1867.[2] In the past the Paiwan had a fearsome reputation as head-hunters. When Paiwan warriors returned home from a headhunting foray, "the women would gather together in front of the courtyard to welcome their heroes and would sing songs of triumph. The heads of their enemies were then hung on stone pillars in front of which were displayed wine and offerings. The sacrificial rite started, and the soul of the dead was duly consoled by the sorcerer. A tuft of hair was removed from the skull and solemnly put in a basket which was used for divination." During the civil war, between 1946 and 1949, many Paiwan men were forcibly enlisted in the Kuomintang forces. When the war ended, some of the Paiwan remained behind in China and formed their own communities. In 1871, an Okinawan vessel shipwrecked on the southern tip of Taiwan, and the crew of fifty-four were beheaded by the Paiwan aborigines. When Japan sought compensation from Qing China, the court rejected the demand on the grounds that the "wild"/"unsubjugated" aboriginals (traditional Chinese: 台灣生番; simplified Chinese: 台湾生番; pinyin: Táiwān shēngfān) were outside its jurisdiction. This perceived renunciation of sovereignty led to the Taiwan Expedition of 1874 by the Japanese.During the civil war, between 1946 and 1949, many Paiwan men were forcibly enlisted in the Kuomintang forces. When the war ended, some of the Paiwan remained behind in China and formed their own communities. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Paiwan people/a>

    Paiwan

  • The Palawan people, also known as the Palawano or the Pala'wan, are an indigenous ethnic group of the Palawan group of islands.

    Palawan

  • Papuans MuliaPapuan is a cover term for the various indigenous peoples of New Guinea and neighboring islands, speakers of the so-called Papuan languages. There are well over one thousand indigenous languages throughout the island region. Even though "New Guinea" has been divided into two separate jurisdictions--the independent nation of Papua New Guinea and the Indonesian province of West Papua--all Papuan People are related ethnically and culturally. West Papua became the twenty-sixth province of Indonesia in 1969 after the so-called "Act of Free Choice", sponsored by the UN, saw the transfer of official administration from The Netherlands, the colonial power, to Indonesia. The province was in 1973 re-named Irian Jaya, "Victorious Irian", by the Indonesian President, General Soeharto. The indigenous movement rejects this name and identify themselves as West Papuan. Resistance to Indonesia had begun in 1962 when temporary authority was first given to Jakarta, and continues to the present. Over the twenty six years that Indonesia has held official control of West Papua, the indigenous population has endured one of the twentieth century's most repressive and unjust systems of colonial occupation. An on-going war has been fought against a popularly supported indigenous movement opposed to Jakarta's rule, and against members of the civilian population who stand in the way of Indonesian "development". Under the Indonesian government's Transmigration program, the indigenous West Papuans are being reduced to a minority population due to an annual influx of over 10,000 families of sponsored migrants from Java and Sulawesi and an unknown number of "spontaneous" migrants. The widespread appropriation of land for new settlements, forestry concessions, mining projects and farming has led to numerous large-scale conflicts between the Indonesian military and dispossessed tribespeople, particularly in the late 1970s, 1984, and again in 1990-92 and 1994-95. Indonesia does not regard the West Papuan people (or other communities) as indigenous and subordinates adat (traditional) law to the national interest. This denies a fundamental feature of West Papuan life and identity, viz relationship with the land, leaves the West Papuan people fundamentally defenceless in the face of development and transmigration policies, and absolves Indonesia of any obligations under international instruments and mechanisms. Papua New Guinea was also established in the 1960s, when Australia moved toward establishing self-government and a House of Assembly and building institutions to train an "educated elite" to serve the country. Before European settlement, there were no towns in New Guinea. Rather, there were thousands of villages and hamlets connected by narrow paths, customs, and networks of marriage and trade partners.

    Papuan

  • The Passamaquoddy (Peskotomuhkati or Pestomuhkati in the Passamaquoddy language) are the First Nations (Native American) people who live in northeastern North America, primarily in Maine and New Brunswick. The Passamaquoddy had a purely oral history before the arrival of Europeans, occupied coastal regions along the Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine and along the St. Croix River and its tributaries. They dispersed and hunted inland in the winter; in the summer, they gathered more closely together on the coast and islands, and primarily harvested seafood, including porpoise. The name "Passamaquoddy" is an Anglicization of the Passamaquoddy word peskotomuhkati, the prenoun form (prenouns being a linguistic feature of Algonquian languages) of Peskotomuhkat (pestəmohkat), the name they applied to themselves. Peskotomuhkat literally means "pollock-spearer" or "those of the place where pollock are plentiful", reflecting the importance of this fish. Their method of fishing was spear-fishing rather than angling. The Passamaquoddy were moved off their original lands repeatedly by European settlers since the 16th century and were eventually limited in the United States to the current Indian Township Reservation in eastern Washington County, Maine. The Passamaquoddy also live in Charlotte County, New Brunswick, and maintain active land claims but have no legal status in Canada as a First Nation. Some Passamaquoddy continue to seek the return of territory now comprised in St. Andrews, New Brunswick which they claim as Qonasqamkuk, a Passamaquoddy ancestral capital and burial ground. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Passamaquoddy people/a>

    Passamaquoddy

  • Programa de ÍndioThe Pataxó are a native tribe in Bahia, Brazil with a population of about 2,790 individuals.

    Pataxo

  • The Pech are an indigenous people in northeastern Honduras, whose population, as of early 2005, had been reduced to 3,800. The Pech language is a member of the Chibchan family of languages, and, although it is still spoken by older people, it is in danger of extinction in the relatively near future. The region where the Pech live was originally densely forested, principally with the pitch-pine (Spanish ocote), as well as with mahogany & other tree-species. However, the forest has been heavily logged in all but one Pech location. Pech traditional religion included ceremonies to the spirit of the mountains, the spiritual owners of animals, and to the mermaid who cares for the fish. The Pech have traditionally hunted rainforest animals, such as peccaries, monkeys, and so on. However, near most of their villages these animals are now extinct or near extinction due to habitat-loss and over hunting. In addition, the government has sponsored the moving of thousands of Honduran Spanish-speakers into the Pech area as part of its agrarian reform program, activity which is almost certain to lead to further erosion of Pech language & culture. Their language and people are in the most danger of becoming extinct. Prior to about 1980, the Pech were known as Payas. Social complexity began among the Pech or probable Pech speakers as long ago as 300 CE. The earlier Pech cultures may have developed independently of the Maya, their near neighbors, or they may have been influenced by Maya. In archaeological reckoning, the Pech formed a number of chiefdoms, some of which left archaeological remains of some sophistication, and certainly by the time of the Spanish exploration of the region in the early sixteenth century, the coastal regions were dominated by substantial chiefdoms. Spanish records of the mid-sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries refer to an paramount chiefdom called Taguzgalpa which dominated the region. Spanish attempts to conquer it in the sixteenth century were unsuccessful. The Pech suffered heavily from the emergence of the Miskito in the seventeenth century and their alliance with outsider, especially British traders and with the runaway slaves who made up the "Mosquitos zambos". The aggressive raids of the Miskitu were in large manner responsible for the gradual withdrawal of the Pech into the mountains regions and away from the coast. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pech people/a>

    Pech

  • SarawakThe Penan are a nomadic indigenous people living in Sarawak and Brunei. They are one of the last such peoples remaining. The Penan are noted for their practice of 'molong' which means never taking more than necessary. Most Penan were nomadic hunter-gatherers until the post-World War II missionaries settled many of the Penan, mainly in the Ulu-Baram district but also in the Limbang district. They eat plants, which are also used as medicines, and animals and use the hides, skin, fur, and other parts for clothing and shelter. The Penan number around 16,000; of which only approximately 200 still live a nomadic lifestyle. The Penan can be broken down into two loosely related geographical groups known as either Eastern Penan or Western Penan, the Eastern Penan residing around the Miri, Baram, Limbang and Tutoh regions and the Western Penan in and around Belaga district. They can be considered as a native group or 'tribe' in their own right, with a language distinct from other neighbouring native groups such as the Kenyah, Kayan, Murut or Kelabit. However, in government censuses they are more broadly classified as Orang Ulu which translates as 'Upriver People' and which contains distinct neighbouring groups such as those above. Even more broadly they are included in the term 'Dayak', which includes all of Sarawak's indigenous people. Description adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Penan People.

    Penan

  • The Penobscot (Panawahpskek) are a sovereign people indigenous to what is now Maritime Canada and the northeastern United States, particularly Maine. They were (and are) significant participants in the historical and present Wabanaki Confederacy, along with the Abenaki, Passamaquoddy, Maliseet, and Mi'kmaq nations. The word "Penobscot" originates from a mispronunciation of their name "Penawapskewi." The word means "rocky part" or "descending ledges" and originally referred to the portion of the Penobscot River between Old Town and Bangor. The tribe has adopted the name Penobscot Indian Nation. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Penobscot people/a>

    Penobscot

  • The Northern Peigans or Aapátohsipikáni are a First Nation, part of the Niitsítapi (Blackfoot Confederacy). Known as Piikáni, "Pekuni" or Aapátohsipikáni (Northern Piikáni/Peigan), they are very closely related to the other members of the Blackfoot Confederacy: Aamsskáápipikani (the Piegan Blackfeet of Montana or Southern Piikáni/Peigan), Káínaa or Blood and the Siksiká or Blackfoot. At the time treaties were signed, the Northern Peigan were situated on the Oldman River, west of Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada, to the west of the Kainai tribe. The modern reserve (which includes the town of Brocket, Alberta) is located near Pincher Creek. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Piikani Nation/a>

    Piikani

  • The Pijao (also Piajao, Pixao, Pinao) are an indigenous people of Colombia. The Pijao or Pijaos were a loose federation of Amerindians living in the region of Tolima -Colombia and other territories. In pre-Columbian times, they inhabited the Central Mountain Range of the Andes; between the snowy mountains of Huila, Tolima and Quindio, the upper valley of Magdalena River and the upper Valle del Cauca in Colombia. They did not have a strict hierarchy and did not create an empire. The Pijao were experts in metallurgy, manufacturing gold articles and clothing. Their work has been seen in gold artifacts from the Tolima, Quimbaya, Calima, and Cauca cultures. They used techniques such as "lost wax" casting, rolled gold, filigree and other methods to make their balacas (ornaments) and other items for ceremonial use, such as the Poporos (bowl with lid). Agriculturalists, the Pijao lived close to the earth in homes made of wood and rammed earth. Due to the tropical climate and excellent soil in the highlands, they were able to grow, harvest and cultivate many crops including potatoes, yucca, maize, mangos, papayas, guavas and many other fruits and vegetables. They also fished and hunted for meats. Despite regularly driving back the invading Spaniards, the Pijao population kept decreasing and they were pushed further south in the highlands. They began to clash with neighboring tribes such as the Coconuco, Páez, Puruhá, and Cana. By the mid-18th century, the Pijao people had suffered drastic losses, mostly due to new infectious diseases, to which they had no immunity. Missionary Christians had also taken a toll through conversion and re-education of many natives. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pijao people

    Pijao

  • Rainbow Serpent ceremonyThe Pitjantjatjara are an Indigenous Peoples located in the Central Australian desert. They are closely related to the Yankunytjatjara and Ngaanyatjarra and their languages are, to a large extent, mutually intelligible. The name 'Pitjantjatjara' derives from the word pitjantja, a form of the verb 'go' which, combined with the comitative suffix -tjara means something like ' pitjantja-having' (i.e. the variety that uses the word pitjantja for 'go'). The Pitjantjatjara refer to themselves as Anangu (people). Pitjantjatjara country is mostly in the north-west of South Australia, extending across the border into the Northern Territory to just south of Lake Amadeus, and west a short distance into Western Australia. The land is an inseparable and important part of their identity, and every part of it is rich with stories and meaning to Anangu. They have, for the most part, given up their nomadic hunting and gathering lifestyle but have retained their language and much of their culture in spite of increasing influences from the broader Australian community. Today there are still about 4,000 Anangu living scattered in small communities and outstations across their traditional lands, forming one of the most successful joint land arrangements in Australia with Aboriginal Traditional Owners. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pitjantjatjara people

    Pitjantjatjara

  • The Pnong are an indigenous people found primarily in Mondulkiri province of Cambodia, and speaking a Mon–Khmer language.

    Pnong

  • Pomo Kule Loklo dancersThe Pomo are an indigenous peoples of California. The historic Pomo territory in northern California was large, bordered by the Pacific Coast to the west, extending inland to Clear Lake, and mainly between Cleone and Duncans Point. One small group, the Northeastern Pomo of the Stonyford vicinity of Colusa County, was separated from the core Pomo area by lands inhabited by Yuki and Wintuan speakers. Numerous Pomo tribes have been federally recognized. The name Pomo originally meant "those who live at red earth hole" and was once the name of a village in southern Potter Valley near the present-day community of Pomo. In 1800 there were estimated to be 10,000 to 18,000 Pomo in total among 70 tribes speaking seven Pomo languages. The way of life of the Pomo changed with the arrival of Russians at Fort Ross (1812 to 1841) on the Pacific coastline, and Spanish missionaries and European-American colonists coming in from the south and east. In 1851, the Popmo population had fell to an estimated 3,500 and 5,000 people; and in 1880, 1450. The 1910 Census reported 777 Pomo, but that is probably low. Anthropologist Alfred L. Kroeber estimated 1,200 in the same year. In 1990, the census showed 4,900. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pomo people

    Pomo

  • The Pueblo people are a Native American people in the Southwestern United States. Their traditional economy is based on agriculture and trade. When first encountered by the Spanish in the 16th century, they were living in villages that the Spanish called pueblos, meaning "towns". Of the 21 pueblos that exist today, Taos, Acoma, Zuni, and Hopi are the best-known. The main Pueblos are located primarily in Arizona, and New Mexico and also in Texas and formerly in Colorado. Despite forced conversions to Catholicism (as evidenced by the establishment of a mission at each surviving pueblo) by the Spanish, the Pueblo tribes have been able to maintain much of their traditional lifestyle. There are now some 35,000 Pueblo Indians, living mostly in New Mexico and Arizona along the Rio Grande and Colorado River. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Pueblo people

    Pueblo

  • 台大原聲帶卑南族祭典舞蹈/ Puyuma ritual dance by the Indiginous Students' Club, NTUThe Puyuma, also known as the Peinan or Beinan tribe, are one of several tribal peoples in Taiwan. The tribe is generally divided into the Chihpen and Nanwang groups, both resident in Taitung County on the east coast of Taiwan. In the year 2000 the Puyuma numbered 9,606. This was approximately 2.4% of Taiwan's total indigenous population, making them the sixth-largest tribal group. The Puyuma speak their tribal language as well as Mandarin and Taiwanese. The Puyuma language, however, is dying. The name "Puyuma" means "unity" or "concord," and was originally the autonym of the speakers of the Nanwang dialect (Teng 2008). Zeitoun and Cauquelin (2006) also note that the word Puyuma can be analyzed as pu'-uma, which means "to send to the field." Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Puyuma peoples

    Puyuma

  • Q'ero (spelled Q'iru in the official 3-vowel Quechua orthography) is a Quechua community or ethnic group in the province of Paucartambo, in the Cusco Region of Peru. The Q'ero became more widely known due to the 1955 ethnological expedition of Dr. Oscar Nuñez del Prado of the San Antonio Abad National University in Cusco, after which the myth of the Inkarrí was published for the first time. Nuñez del Prado first met the Q'ero on a festival in the town of Paucartambo (about 120 km away). The Q'ero live in one of the most remote places in the Peruvian Andes. Nevertheless, they were incorporated into the Yabar hacienda, located outside of Paucartambo. With the assistance of advocates from outside of the communities, the hacienda's owners were banished in 1963, and since then the whole area has belonged to the Q'ero. The Q'ero believe that they are descended from the Inca and consider themselves the last descendants. According to tradition, their ancestors defended themselves from invading Spanish conquistadores with the aid of local mountain deities (Apu) that devastated a Spanish Army near Wiraquchapampa. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Q'ero peoples

    Q'ero

  • Población Q'eqchi entrega The Q'eqchi' (also Kekchi and K'ekchi) are one of the Maya peoples in Guatemala and Belize, whose indigenous language is also called Q'eqchi'. Before the beginning in the 1520s of the Spanish conquest of Guatemala, Q'eqchi' settlements were concentrated in what are now the departments of Alta Verapaz and Baja Verapaz. Over the course of the succeeding centuries a series of land displacements, resettlements, persecutions and migrations resulted in a wider dispersal of Q'eqchi' communities, into other regions of Guatemala (Izabal, Petén, El Quiché), southern Belize (Toledo District), and smaller numbers in El Salvador, Honduras and southern Mexico (Chiapas, Campeche). While most notably present in northern Alta Verapaz and southern Petén, contemporary Q'eqchi' language-speakers are the most widely spread geographically of all Guatemalan Mayan groups. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Q'eqchi' Peoples

    Qeqchi

  • The Quapaw (known as Ugahxpa in their own language) are a tribe of Native Americans who historically resided on the west side of the Mississippi River in what is now the state of Arkansas. They are federally recognized as the Quapaw Tribe of Indians. The state of Arkansas was named after the Quapaw, who were called Akansea or Akansa, meaning "land of the downriver people", by other Native Americans. The Quapaw Reserve Lands today, are centered around the Tar Creek Superfund Site, which at one time was considered to be the worst environmental disaster in the country. This issue was keystone to the environmental documentary Tar Creek, made in 2009 by Matt Myers. Tar Creek tells the full story of the Tar Creek Superfund Site and discusses the environmental and governmental racism that led to the creation of this disaster, at the center of which are the Quapaw. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Quapaw peoples

    Quapaw

  • The Quechan (Quechan: Kwtsaan - “those who descended”, spelled “kwuh-tsan”, also in English Yuma, Yuman, Kwtsan, Kwtsaan) are a Native American tribe who live on the Fort Yuma Indian Reservation on the lower Colorado River in Arizona and California just north of the border with Mexico. Members are enrolled into the Quechan Tribe of the Fort Yuma Indian Reservation. The federally recognized Quechan tribe's main office is located in Fort Yuma, Arizona. Its operations and the majority of its reservation land are located in California, United States. *The Quechan are not to be confused with the Quechua Peoples in South America

    Quechan

  • Peru: Quechua farmer in the Potato ParkQuechuas (also Runakuna, Kichwas, and Ingas) is the collective term for several indigenous ethnic groups in South America who speak a Quechua language (Southern Quechua mainly), belonging to several ethnic groups in South America, especially in Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia and Argentina. The Quechuas of Ecuador call themselves as well as their language Kichwa - Kichwas or Quichuas. In Colombia, the Kichwa-speaking group calls themselves the Ingas. Other Quechua speakers call themselves Runakuna (“People”; in Junín and parts of Ancash, Peru: Nunakuna; singular: Runa or Nuna). The speakers of Quechua, who total some 9-14 million people in Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Chile, Colombia and Argentina, have so far only slightly developed a common sense of identity. The various Quechua dialects are in some cases so different that no mutual understanding is possible. Quechua was not only spoken by the Incas, but in some cases also by long-term enemies of the Inca Empire. These include the Huanca (Wanka is a Quechua dialect spoken today in the Huancayo area) and the Chanka (the Chanca dialect of Ayaqcucho) of Peru, and the Kañari (Cañar) in Ecuador. Quechua was spoken by some of these peoples, for example, the Wanka, before the Incas of Cusco, while other peoples, especially in Bolivia but also in Ecuador, adopted Quechua only in Inca times or afterward. However, despite their ethnic diversity and linguistic distinctions, the various Quechua ethnic groups have numerous cultural characteristics in common. They also share many of these with the Aymara, or other indigenous peoples of the central Andes. Description adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Quechua People

    Quechua

  • The Quilmes people were an indigenous tribe of the Diaguita group settled in the western subandean valleys of today’s Tucumán province, in northwestern Argentina. They fiercely resisted the Inca invasions of the 15th century, and continued to resist the Spaniards for 130 years, until being defeated in 1667. Spanish invaders relocated the last 2,000 survivors to a reservation ("reducción") 20 km south of Buenos Aires. This 1,500 km journey was made by foot, causing hundreds of Quilmes to die in the process. By 1810, the reservation was abandoned as a result of its having become a ghost town. The survivors ultimately settled in what is now the city of Quilmes. The Quilmes Indians were one of the fiercest cultures which resisted the Incas but eventually fell to the Spaniards. Today, there are only a few Quilmes left in Tucumán Province. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Quilmes people

    Quilmes

  • The Qulla (or Colla, Kolla) are an indigenous people of Western Bolivia, Chile, and Argentina, living in Jujuy and Salta Provinces. The 2004 Complementary Indigenous Survey reported 53,019 Qulla households living in Argentina. They moved freely between the borders of Argentina and Bolivia. Their lands are part of the yungas or high altitude forests at the edge of the Amazon rainforest. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Qulla people

    Qulla

  • RapaNui (91)The Rapa Nui or Rapanui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island, or Rapa Nui, in the Pacific Ocean. The easternmost Polynesian culture, the Rapa Nui people make up 60% of Easter Island's population, with some living also in mainland Chile. They speak Spanish and Rapa Nui language. At the 2002 census there were 3,304 island inhabitants—almost all living in the village of Hanga Roa on the sheltered west coast. As of 2011, Rapa Nui's main source of income derived from tourism, which focuses on the giant sculptures called Moai. Some fruits are grown for local use. Rapa Nui activist have been fighting for their right to self-determination and possession of the island. Recent protests by the indigenous Rapa Nui on Easter Island against Chilean rule has led to violence against the Rapa Nui by the Chilean army.

    Rapanui

  • VHGU Hombre rarámuri 2The Rarámuri or Tarahumara are an Indigenous people of northwestern Mexico who are renowned for their long-distance running ability. In their language, the term rarámuri refers specifically to the males, females are referred to as mukí (individually) and as omugí or igómale (collectively). Originally inhabitants of much of the state of Chihuahua, the Rarámuri retreated to the high sierras and canyons such as the Copper Canyon in the Sierra Madre Occidental on the arrival of Spanish explorers in the sixteenth century. The area of the Sierra Madre Occidental which they now inhabit is often called the Sierra Tarahumara because of their presence. Current estimates put the population of the Rarámuri in 2006 at between 50,000 and 70,000 people. Most still practice a traditional lifestyle, inhabiting natural shelters such as caves or cliff overhangs, as well as small cabins of wood or stone. Staple crops are corn and beans; however, many of the Rarámuri still practice transhumance, raising cattle, sheep, and goats. Almost all Rarámuri migrate in some form or another in the course of the year. The Tarahumara language belongs to the Uto-Aztecan family. Although it is in decline under pressure from Spanish, it is still widely spoken. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tarahumara peoples

    Raramuri

  • Rendille (4) The Rendille are a Cushitic speaking ethnic group inhabiting the Kaisut Desert, which is in the North Eastern part of Kenya. They also inhibit the south eastern and southern regions of Mt. Marsbit in the Marsabit Central District .They are often referred to as "the holders of the stick of God". They are nomadic pastoralists who roam with their camels, goats and most recently cattle across about 16,000 square kilometers of Northern Kenya. Women, children, and older men live in semi-permanent villages that are moved only a few times a year and rarely more than a few kilometers. The Rendille believe that they belong in the desert not by mistake but because its their "promised land". In their popular morning prayers they pray "your people Wakh (God) cannot climb mountains, cross seas but remain in this promised land in which You have looked after our fore fathers, us and our children's children....".the Rendilles are confined to the desert because their most treasured livestock, the camel, cannot survive in cold mountainous and clay soil environment.

    Rendille

  • Project Einstein BangladeshThe Rohingya are a predominantly Muslim ethnic group of in Arakan State, western Burma. The Rohingya population is mostly concentrated to the cities of Maungdaw, Buthidaung, Akyab, Rathedaung and Kyauktaw. The current Junta ruling Burma relies heavily on Burmese nationalism and Theravada Buddhism to bolster its rule, it heavily discriminates against minorities like the Rohingya, Chinese people like the Kokang people, and Panthay (Chinese Muslims). Successive Burmese governments have provoked riots against ethnic minorities like the Rohingya and Chinese. The Burmese state and Burmese Buddhist monks reportedly encouraged violence against the Rohingya. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Rohingya peoples

    Rohingya

  • The Romani, who are known collectively in the Romani language as Romane or Rromane (depending on the dialect concerned) and also as Romany, Romanies, Romanis, Roma or Roms, are an ethnic group living mostly in Europe, who trace their origins to the Indian Subcontinent. Romani are also widely known in the English-speaking world by the exonym Gypsies, which is considered derogatory by many Roma because of negative and stereotypical associations with the term. Romani are widely dispersed, with their largest concentrated populations in Europe, especially the Roma of Central and Eastern Europe and Anatolia, followed by the Kale of Iberia and Southern France. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Roma peoples

    Roma

  • DSCN0757.JPGThe Rukai are one of Taiwan's Indigenous peoples. They speak the Rukai language and live in the mountains of southern Taiwan. As of the year 2000, the Rukai numbered 12,084 — making up 3% of Taiwan's total indigenous population and, as such, the fifth-largest indigenous group. The Rukai were also called Tsarisen, which means "people living in the mountain". The Rukai People honor the Clouded Leopard and the hundred pacer, which they believe to be the spirit of their ancestor. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Rukai people

    Rukai

  • Saami Summer Festival, Lovozero #2The Sami people, also spelled Sámi, or Saami, are the arctic indigenous people inhabiting Sápmi, which today encompasses parts of far northern Sweden, Norway, Finland, the Kola Peninsula of Russia, and the border area between south and middle Sweden and Norway. The Sámi are Europe’s northernmost and the Nordic countries’ only officially indigenous people. Sami ancestral lands span an area of approximately 388,350 km2 (150,000 sq. mi), which is approximately the size of Sweden in the Nordic countries. Their traditional languages are the Sami languages and are classified as a branch of the Uralic language family. The Sami languages are endangered. Traditionally, the Sami have pursued a variety of livelihoods, including coastal fishing, fur trapping and sheep herding. Their best known means of livelihood is semi-nomadic reindeer herding, with which about 10% of the Sami are connected and 2,800 actively involved on a full-time basis. For traditional, environmental, cultural and political reasons, reindeer herding is legally reserved only for Sami people in certain regions of the Nordic countries. The Sámi are often known in other languages by the exonyms "Lap", "Lapp", or "Laplanders", but many Sami regard these as pejorative terms. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Saami people

    Saami

  • aIMG_3331The Saisiyat ("true people"), also spelled Saisiat are an indigenous people of Taiwan, part of the larger Taiwanese aborigine ethnic group. In the year 2000 the Saisiyat numbered 5,311. This was approximately 1.3% of Taiwan's total indigenous population, making them one of the smallest aboriginal groups in that country. The Saisiyat inhabit western Taiwan, overlapping the border between Hsinchu County and Miaoli County. They are divided into the Northern Branch (Wufong in the mountainous Hsinchu area) and the Southern Branch (Nanya and Shitan in the highlands of Miaoli), each with its own dialect. Their language is also known as Saisiyat. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Saisiyat people

    Saisiyat

  • RED-HAIRED SAMBURU WARRIORSThe Samburu are a pastoral nomadic tribe of over 150,000 people living in an arid, remote area of Northern Kenya. The name they use for themselves is Lokop or Loikop, a term which may have a variety of meanings which Samburu themselves do not agree on. Many assert that it refers to them as "owners of the land" ("lo" refers to ownership, "nkop" is land) though others present a very different interpretation of the term. The Samburu are cousins of well-known Southern Kenyan tribe Maasai and share the common language of Maa, though there are significant differences in dialect. Traditionally the Samburu economy was purely pastoralist, striving to survive off the products of their herds of cows, goats, and for some, camels. However, the combination of a significant growth in population over the past 60 years and a decline in their cattle holdings as a result of climate change and theft (and confiscation), has forced them to seek other supplemental forms of livelihood. Some have attempted to grow crops, while many young men have migrated for at least short periods to cities to seek wage work. Many work in Kenya's capital, Nairobi, as watchmen, while it is also popular to go to Kenya's coastal resorts where some work; others sell spears and beaded ornaments.

    Samburu

  • Ethnic Fashion The Santal (also spelled as Santhal; formerly spelt as Sontal), are the largest tribal community in India, who live mainly in the states of Jharkhand, West Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, and Assam. There is also a significant Santal minority in neighboring Bangladesh, and a small population in Nepal. On 30 June 1855, two great Santal rebel leaders, Sidhu Murmu and his brother Kanhu, mobilized ten thousand Santals and declared a rebellion against British colonists. The Santals initially gained some success but soon the British found out a new way to tackle these rebels. Instead, they forced them to come out of the forest. In a conclusive battle which followed, the British, equipped with modern firearms and war elephants, stationed themselves at the foot of the hill. When the battle began the British officer ordered his troops to fire without loading bullets. The Santals, who did not suspect this trap set by the British war strategy, charged with full potential. This step proved to be disastrous for them: as soon as they neared the foot of the hill, the British army attacked with full power and this time they were using bullets. Thereafter, attacking every village of the Santals, they made sure that the last drop of revolutionary spirit was annihilated. Although the revolution was brutally suppressed, it marked a great change in the colonial rule and policy. The day is still celebrated among the Santal community with great respect and spirit for the thousands of the Santal martyrs who sacrificed their lives along with their two celebrated leaders to win freedom from the rule of the Jamindars and the British operatives. The Santal's overall population today is estimate at 6,050,000 people. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Santal people

    Santal

  • The Sarayaku people, also known as the Runa people of Sarayaku, are situated by the Bobonaza River in the province of Pastaza in the southern part of the Amazonic region of Ecuador, el Oriente.

    Sarayaku

  • Ecuadorean Indigenous Leaders Visit Gulf Coast Oil Impacted CommunitiesThe Secoya people (also known as Angotero, Encabellao) are an indigenous ethnic group living in the Ecuadorian Amazon or The Oriente region of Ecuador (est. population 297 (1987 Vickers)), and in Peru (est. population 144 (1982 SIL)). They speak the Secoya language, part of the Western Tucanoan group. They share territory along the Shushufindi, Aguarico, and Cuyabeno river with the Siona people, with whom they are sometimes considered a single population. The Siona people are organized politically through the Secoya Indigenous Organization of Ecuador. They have been involved in a conflict with Occidental Petroleum over oil drilling in Block 15 of Ecuador.

    Secoya

  • The Secwepemc, known in English as the Shuswap people, are a First Nations people residing in the Canadian province of British Columbia. Their traditional territory ranges from the eastern Chilcotin Plateau and the Cariboo Plateau southeast through the Thompson Country to Kamloops and the Shuswap Country, and spans the Selkirk Mountains and Big Bend of the Columbia River to include the northern part of the Columbia Valley region. The Secwepemc are perhaps the most numerous of the Interior Salish peoples of British Columbia if based upon the numbers who speak their language. Their traditional language is Shuswap, known as Secwepemctsín, which is currently spoken by over 1,600 people. Secwepemctsín is being revitalized by the efforts of organizations such as Chief Atahm School, which offers an immersion program till grade nine. The Secwepemc have always stressed the importance of recognizing their title to the land. In 1910, the Secwepemc Chiefs addressed a memorial to Prime Minister Laurier. The memorial laid out the grievances of the Secwepemc stemming from the last 50 years of settlement. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Secwepemc people

    Secwepemc

  • The Seris are an indigenous group of the Mexican state of Sonora. The majority reside on the Seri communal property (Spanish, ejido), in the towns of Punta Chueca (Seri Socaaix) and El Desemboque (Seri Haxöl Iihom) on the mainland coast of the Gulf of California. Tiburón Island (Tahejöc) and San Esteban Island (Cofteecöl and sometimes Hast) were part of their traditional territory, but some Seris also lived in various places on the mainland. They were historically seminomadic hunter-gatherers who maintained an intimate relationship with both the sea and the land. It is one of the ethnic groups of Mexico that has most strongly maintained its language and culture during the years after contact with Spanish and Mexican cultures. The Seri people are not related culturally or linguistically to other groups that have lived in the area, such as the Opata, Yaqui, O'odham, or Cochimí. The Seri language is distinct from all others in the region and is considered a linguistic isolate. The name Seri is an exonym of uncertain origin. (Claims that it is from Opata or from Yaqui were nineteenth-century speculations based on similarity to words in those languages and not with clear evidence.) Their name for themselves is Comcaac. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Seri people

    Seri

  • The Shipibo-Conibo are an indigenous people of Perú. The name refers to two languages spoken by these ethnic groups. They are primarily a riverine people living in the Amazon basin, primarily along the Ucayali River. Contact with western sources – including the governments of Peru and Brazil – has been sporadic over the past three centuries. The Shipibo are noted for a rich and complex cosmology, which is tied directly to the art and artifacts they produce. They have been a constant target of Christian missionaries since initial contact in the late 17th Century. Shipibo-Conibo women make beadwork and textiles, but are probably best known for their pottery, decorated with maze-like red and black geometric patterns. While these ceramics were traditionally made for use in the home, an expanding tourist market has provided many households with extra income through the sale of pots and other craft items. With an estimated population of over 20,000, the Shipibo-Conibo represent approximately 8% of the indigenous registered population. Census data is unreliable due to the transitory nature of the group. Large amounts of the population have relocated to urban areas – in particular the eastern Peruvian cities of Pucallpa and Yarinacocha – to gain access to better educational and health services, as well as to look for alternative sources of monetary income. The population numbers for this group have fluctuated in the last decades between approximately 11,000 (Wise and Ribeiro, 1978) to as many as 25,000 individuals (Hern 1994). Like all other indigenous populations in the Amazon basin, the Shipibo-Conibo are threatened severe pressure from outside influences such as oil speculation, logging, narco-trafficking, conservation, and missionaries. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Shipibo-Conibo

    Shipibo

  • The Shoshone or Shoshoni are a Native American tribe in the United States with three large divisions: the Northern, the Western and the Eastern. They traditionally spoke the Shoshoni language, a part of the Numic languages branch of the large Uto-Aztecan language family. The Shoshone were sometimes called the Snake Indians by early European trappers, travelers, and settlers. The Northern Shoshone are concentrated in eastern Idaho, western Wyoming, and northeastern Utah. The Eastern Shoshone tribes lived in Wyoming, northern Colorado and Montana. After 1750, warfare and pressure from the Blackfoot, Crow, Lakota, Cheyenne, and Arapaho pushed them south and westward. Some of them moved as far south as Texas, to become the Comanche. The Western Shoshone tribes lived in Oregon and western Idaho, and ranged from central Idaho, northwestern Utah, central Nevada. Some are also located in California. The Idaho groups of Western Shoshone were called Tukuaduka (sheep eaters), while the Nevada/Utah bands were called the Gosiute or Toi Ticutta (cattail eaters). In California the Timbisha Shoshone (also known as the Death Valley or Panamint Shoshone) have lived for centuries in the Death Valley, Saline Valley, Panamint Valley and surrounding mountains. They have a federally recognized tribal reservation and government at Furnace Creek, California. Shoshone-Paiute have continued to live in the Owens Valley. The most historically well-known member of the Shoshone tribe may be Sacagawea, of the Lemhi Shoshone band of Northern Shoshone. She accompanied the Corps of Discovery (Lewis and Clark Expedition) with Meriwether Lewis and William Clark in their exploration of the Western United States. Description adapted from Wikipedia article on the Shoshone People.

    Shoshone

  • Shuar; oil make's not happyThe Shuar people are an indigenous people of Ecuador and Peru. They are members of the Jivaroan peoples, who are Amazonian tribes living at the headwaters of the Marañón River. Shuar, in the Shuar language, means "people." The people who speak the Shuar language live in tropical rainforest between the upper mountains of the Andes, and the tropical rainforests and savannas of the Amazonian lowlands, in Ecuador extending to Peru. Shuar live in various places — thus, the muraiya (hill) shuar are people who live in the foothills of the Andes; the achu (swamp-palm) shuar (or Achuar) are people who live in the wetter lowlands east of the Andes (Ecuador and Peru). When Shuar first made contact with Spaniards in the 16th century, they entered into peaceful trade relations. They violently resisted taxation, however, and drove Spaniards away in 1599. Colonization and missionization in the 20th century however have led Shuar to reorganize themselves into nucleated settlements called centros. Centros initially facilitated evangelization by Catholic missionaries but also became a means to defend Shuar land claims against those of non-indigenous settlers. In 1964 representatives of Shuar centros formed a political Federation to represent their interests to the state, non-governmental organizations, and transnational corporations. In 1969 the Federation signed an accord with the Ecuadorian government in which the Federation assumed administrative jurisdiction over the Shuar reserve. The Federation assumed the duties of educating children, administering civil registration and land-tenure, and promoting cattle-production and other programs meant to further incorporate Shuar into the market economy. Since that time the Federation has splintered into several groups, including a separate Achuar Federation, although the various groups maintain cordial relations. Thanks to the work of the Federation Shuar identity is very strong; nevertheless, most Shuar also identify strongly to the Ecuadorian nation-state and have entered Ecuadorian electoral politics. Since the discovery of oil in the upper Amazon, the Shuar and Peruvian groups like the Achuar have been forced to defend their lands from the collective threat of oil extraction Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Shuar Peoples

    Shuar

  • The Sinixt (also known as the Sin-Aikst or Sin Aikst, "Senjextee", "Arrow Lakes Band" or — less commonly in recent decades — simply as "The Lakes") are a First Nations People. The Sinixt are descended from indigenous peoples who have lived primarily in what are today known as the West Kootenay region of British Columbia in Canada and the adjacent regions of Eastern Washington in the United States for at least 10,000 years. The Sinixt are of Salishan linguistic extraction, and speak their own dialect of the Colville-Okanagan language. Today they live primarily on the Colville Indian Reservation in Washington, where they form part of the Confederated Tribes of the Colville Reservation, which is recognized by the United States government as an American Indian Tribe. Many Sinixt continue to live in their traditional territory on the Northern Side of the 49th Parallel, particularly in the Slocan Valley and scattered amongst neighbouring tribes throughout BC, however the Canadian Government declared the Sinixt extinct in 1956. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Sinixt people

    Sinixt

  • Piel de madre selvaThe Siona people (also known as Sioni, Pioje, or Pioche-Sioni) are an indigenous ethnic group living in the Ecuadorian Amazon or Oriente (est. population 250 in Ecuador (2000 Juncosa)), and in Colombia (est. population 300 in Colombia (1982 SIL)). They share territory along the Shushufindi, Aguarico, and Cuyabeno river with the Secoya people, with whom they are sometimes considered a single population. The Siona language is a Tucanoan language. The Siona people are organized politically through the National Organization of Seona Indigenous People of Ecuador (ONISE), whose president as of July 1996 was William Criollo. According to Richard Evan Schultes, Where The Gods Reign, p.27, the "Siona are one of the western Tukanoan groups and live in the Comissaria del Putamayo in the region of Mocoa." I lived in this area in the summer of 1961 with members of the Summer Institute of Linguistics. Our home was on the Ecuador side of the Putamayo River and the Siona lived on both sides of the river. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Siona people

    Siona

  •  西拉雅 吉貝耍 夜祭24The Siraya are an indigenous people of Taiwan. The Siraya settled flat coastal plains in the southwest part of the island and corresponding sections of the east coast; the area is identified today with Tainan City and Taitung County. At least five subtribes make up the group: Mattauw, Soelangh, Baccloangh, Sinckan, and Taivoan. The Siraya are one of Taiwan's Pingpu peoples—that is, occupants of flat coastal regions rather than mountain areas. Like other indigenous peoples of Taiwan they are ethnically and linguistically Austronesian. The name "Taiwan" originated from the Siraya language. The Austronesian language family to which Sirayan belongs includes most of the languages spoken in the western Pacific, including Polynesian, Indonesian, Filipino and Malaysian. After the port in the Siraya area of Taiwan was annexed in 1683 by Qing Dynasty China, a process of gradual acculturation led to the Siraya language falling out of use. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Siraya peoples

    Siraya

  • Skidegate PotlatchThe Skidegate Band Council, also known as the Skidegate First Nation, is a band government of the Haida people, one of two of the Haida Tribal Society aka the Council of the Haida Nation. Its offices are located in Skidegate, British Columbia.

    Skidegate

  • Squamish Nation Totem PoleThe Squamish (also known by their name for themselves, Skwxwú7mesh, are an indigenous people of southwestern British Columbia, Canada, who are one of the Coast Salishan language-group peoples. They speak the Squamish language (in Squamish: Skwxwú7mesh snichim, snichim meaning "language"), which is a part of the Coast Salish linguistic grouping. When translated, Skwxwú7mesh renders into the people of the sacred water, referencing what they believe is the water in their territory and its spiritual healing properties.

    Skwxwú7mesh

  • The Songhees First Nation is a First Nations government on located around Victoria, British Columbia on southern Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada.

    Songhees

  • The Spallumcheen Indian Band, also called the Splats'in First Nation is a member of the Secwepemc (Shuswap) Nation, located in the Central Interior region of the Canadian province of British Columbia. Its main Indian reserve is located at Enderby, British Columbia. It was created when the government of the then-Colony of British Columbia established an Indian Reserve system in the 1860s. It is a member government of the Shuswap Nation Tribal Council.

    Splats'in

  • The Squamish or Skokomish are a First Nation peoples who inhabit South Westerly areas of temperate and productive rainforest in British Columbia. They speak a Coastal Salish language known as Squamish sinchim. This was declared the official language of the Squamish nation in an attempt to revitalize it’s practice but in 2010 it was declared critically endangered by the First Peoples’ Heritage, Language and Culture Council with only ten fluent speakers left in existence. Despite this the Squamish remain committed to saving their native tongue. The territory the Squamish know as their own is highly productive, yielding plentiful land and marine food sources. Given this environment the Squamish appear to have lived as hunter gatherers for much of their history whilst also practicing some low intensity agriculture. Salmon featured as the staple food and the Squamish utilized mass capture technology to ensure a large catch to store during the annual salmon run, honouring the salmon with yearly rituals they acted to secure their vital return the next year. Pre-contact with groups visiting and settling from abroad the Squamish lived in territories containing several villages connected by kin ties and comprised of loosely organised patrilineal groups. Sharing wealth figured as a central value amongst the Squamish who practiced the gift giving ceremony known as Potlatch, famously studied by Franz Boas amongst other groups. Some seasonal movements took place using canoes and groups visited one another to give gifts and host feasts. The Squamish also maintained a very strong oral tradition through which their history, lore and stories were transmitted. Just before initial contact with outsiders, during the 1770’s, the Squamish were ravaged by a terrible smallpox outbreak which they believed to be linked to infected salmon. After contact had been established the Squamish’s epidemiological suffering continued as they were blighted by influenza, measles and the re-emergence of small pox brought by the settlers. Despite this initial exchanges were friendly with the English and Spaniards from around 1791 and trade links were fostered. This harmony was not maintained however, and the Squamish later suffered as a result of Western expansion activities. Fur traders invaded tribal lands, gold prospectors did the same and the Canadian government sought to colonize and assimilate this people. In 1876 the Indian Act exacerbated the Squamish’s problems as they were moved to reserves, suffering substantial land expropriations and restricted access to economic resources as a result. In 1923 the Squamish took action to solidify their political foundations and power as sixteen tribes united as the Squamish Band and a council of chiefs began to preside over and properly govern the reserves. Today the Squamish continue in this vein to try and maintain their traditional culture, language and practices that have continued to this day. They are also making concerted efforts to revitalize aspects of their culture which have waned or died out. Regrettably challenges to this work remain and the imposition of ‘developments’ such as the 2010 Winter Olympics on Squamish lands highlights their continuing marginalisation.

    Squamish

  • The St'át'imc (also Lillooet, Stl'atl'imx, Stl'atl'imc, Sƛ’aƛ’imxǝc, St'át'imc, Stlatliumh and Slatlemuk) are an Interior Salish people located in the southern Coast Mountains and Fraser Canyon region of the Interior of the Canadian province of British Columbia. St'át'imc culture displayed many features typical of Northwest Coast peoples: the potlatch, clan names, mythology, prestige afforded the wealthy and generous, and totem poles in some communities, especially in the Lil'wat First Nation (Lil'wat7ul), whose tribal lands and trade routes in the Whistler Valley and Green River Vally overlapped with those of the Squamish First Nation, an Coast Salish people. Today they total about 6000. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the St'at'imc peoples

    St'at'imc

  • The Subanen are native to the Zamboanga Peninsula in the western part of the large southern Philippine island of Mindanao. They were originally found along the river banks or "suba" but now reside primarily in the mountains because of continuous invasions of Muslim groups as well as migrations of Cebuano speakers in the coastal areas of the Zamboanga Peninsula. The groups that traditionally remained animist call themselves "Subanen", or "Subanon" in the area closer to Zamboanga City. Other groups who are linguistically members of the Subanen language subgroup but adopted Islam call themselves "Kolibugan" in western areas and Kalibugan in the central area. Although claims are often made that the Kolibugan/Kalibugan are ethnically mixed with Sama, Badjaw, Tausug, or Maguindanaon, there is no evidence supporting this, and linguistically, the languages of the Islamic members of the Subanen subgroup are virtually identical with the language of the neighboring non-Islamic group, except that the Islamic groups have a larger amount of Arabic vocabulary that refers to aspects of life that deal with religious concepts. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Subanen peoples

    Subanen

  • sukuma_watchingThe Sukuma are the largest ethnic group in Tanzania, with an estimated 5.5 million members representing about 16 percent of the country's total population. Sukuma means "north" and refers to "people of the north". The Sukuma refer to themselves as Basukuma (plural) and Nsukuma (singular). The Sukuma live in northwestern Tanzania on or near the southern shores of Lake Victoria, and the territory has been divided into nine administrative districts of the Mwanza and Shinyanga Region. The northern area of their residence is in the famous Serengeti Plain. Sukuma families have migrated southward, into the Rukwa area, encroaching on the territory of the Pimbwe. These Sukuma have settled outside Pimbwe villages. The Sukuma area is mostly a flat scrubless savannah plain between 3000 and 4000 ft. elevation. Twenty to forty inches of rain fall from November to March. High temperatures range from 79 to 90 while lows at night seldom drop below the upper 50's. Population is very spread out among small farm plots and sparse vegetation. Relationships between the Sukuma and their non-Nyamwezi neighbors, the Tatoga, were generally good and they did not regard each other as enemies. They needed one another. The Tatoga needed the grain of the Sukuma while the Sukuma needed the cattle and the highly regarded rainmaking diviners of the Tatoga. (Rainmaking experts of the Tatoga were considered the very best at this important and highly specialized activity. The Masaai, however, in contrast to the Tatoga, were considered enemies. The Tatoga-Sukuma relationship was centered on cultural and economic exchange, while the Sukuma-Massai connection was centered in fear and hatred, for cattle were the only thing the Massai wanted from the Sukuma Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Sukuma peoples

    Sukuma

  • Suri with lip plate near Tulgit, EthiopiaSuri or Shuri is the name of a sedentary pastoral people and their language. The Suri People inhabit the Bench Maji Zone of the Southern Nations, Nationalities, and People's Region (SNNPR) in Ethiopia as well as parts of neighboring South Sudan. Some are also found west of Mizan Teferi. Population: 20,622 (1998 est.). The name 'Suri' is sometimes used interchangeably with 'Surma'; however, that is not entirely correct. Surma refers to a panethnicity that includes Suri as well as the closely related, but distinct, Mursi and Me'en Peoples. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Suri peoples

    Suri

  • Aldeia do povo indígena SuruíThe Suruí, also called the Suruí-Paíter, are an indigenous people who live in the Rondônia region of Brazil. First prolonged contact with the modern world came in the late 1960s, the Brazilian government laid the 2,000-mile Trans-Amazon Highway through Rondônia. The tribe was decimated by disease - nearly 90 percent died within a few years. The Surui have recently made headlines as one of the first indigenous people of South America to use high-tech tools (in particular Google Earth) to police their territory. In cooperation with Google Earth Outreach, they can request more detailed satellite photos when they spot suspicious areas. If loggers or miners are detected, they refer the case to the authorities who have them removed. Satellite pictures show that this is highly effective as the Suruí territory is the only intact remaining piece of rainforest in the area. The Surui have recently launched a forest carbon project as part of their 50-year tribal management plan. A recent legal opinion by Baker & McKenzie determined that the Surui own the carbon rights to the territory, setting a precedent for future indigenous-led carbon projects in Brazil. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Suruí peoples

    Surui

  • The Suyá also called the Kisedje are a group of indigenous people living in Brazil, at the headwaters of the Xingu River. They have, historically, been best known for an unusual form of body modification which they practice. After marriage, Suyá men often have their lower lip pierced, and have a small wooden disk placed inside. The size of the disk is gradually increased as time goes on, permanently changing the size of the lip. Like many other tribes in the upper Xingu, the Suyá were devastated by diseases introduced by European explorers in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. After the establishment of the Xingu National Park in the 1960s, and after the introduction of organised medical care into the area, the population of the Suyá grew greatly. They have a population of 330 (in 2010). Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Suyá people

    Suya

  • Talking with womenThe Swahili are a Bantu Peoples found in East Africa, mainly in the coastal regions and the islands of Kenya, Tanzania and north Mozambique. According to JoshuaProject, the Swahili number in at around 1,328,000. The name Swahili is derived from the Arabic word Sawahil, meaning "coastal dwellers", and they speak the Swahili language. Only a small fraction of those who use Swahili are first language speakers and even fewer are ethnic Swahilis. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Swahili people

    Swahili

  • The Tahltan (also Nahanni) are a Northern Athabaskan people who live around the upper reaches of the Stikine River in what is now northwestern British Columbia. The Tahltan's relationship between the people and the land, as with many indigenous peoples, is one marked by a deep respect for the land as provider and a strongly held belief that the people are keepers of the land. The Tahltan belong to the land. This prevailing attitude has led to a symbiotic relationship in which the Tahltan people look to the land for sustenance, guidance, and healing. Traditional Tahltan governance was organized around the family/clan system. All decisions affecting Tahltans were made through meetings and councils, and every Tahltan was allowed to express their views and concerns. Primarily a hunting and trapping people, the Tahltan fostered inter-tribal trade with neighbouring tribes exchanging items such as fish, furs and obsidian, useful for making tools and weapons. In fact, the Tahltan people held a significant position in as middlemen in the pre and post-contact trading industry of northern BC. The Stikine River supported trade that took place between coastal nations and interior nations. The first contact with Europeans came in 1838 when Robert Campbell of the Hudsons Bay Company arrived with intentions on setting up operations in the territory. In the early 1900s, the population of the Tahltan Nation was devastated by smallpox, measles, influenza and tuberculosis; diseases introduced by European explorers to which the Tahltan people had no natural immunity. At its lowest point, the Tahltan population numbered under 300 people. This extreme population decrease, coupled with the new enforcement of governmental policies, forced the Tahltan people to leave their established villages sites for a more central location along the Stikine River. Since 2005, a group of elders from the Tahltan people called the Klabona Keepers have watched the road leading through Tahltan territory towards the Sacred headwaters (Klappan Valley) in opposition of development there, specifically a coalbed methane mining project planned by Royal Dutch Shell. The Sacred Headwaters (Klappan Valley) is home to the headwaters of the Nass, Skeena and Stikine Rivers. Not only do these rivers provide a home to an important salmon stocks, Tahltan oral history holds that these headwaters are the place where the earth was first created and where Talhtan culture began. According to the Klabona Keepers, the valley is used for fishing, hunting and trapping. It is the site of a Tahltan burial ground and a cultural camp where Talhtan youth can learn their culture in the summer.

    Tahltan

  • The Taínos were pre-Columbian inhabitants of the Bahamas, Greater Antilles, and the northern Lesser Antilles. It is thought that the seafaring Taínos are relatives of the Arawak people of South America. The Taíno language is a member of the Arawakan language family, which ranges from South America across the Caribbean. At the time of Columbus's arrival in 1492, there were five Taíno chiefdoms and territories on Hispaniola (modern day Haiti and Dominican Republic), each led by a principal Cacique (chieftain), to whom tribute was paid. Puerto Rico also was divided into chiefdoms. As the hereditary head chief of Taíno tribes, the cacique was paid significant tribute. Caciques enjoyed the privilege of wearing golden pendants called guanin, living in square bohíos instead of the round ones that the villagers inhabited, and sitting on wooden stools when receiving guests. At the time of the Spanish conquest, the largest Taíno population centers may have contained over 3,000 people each. The Taínos were historically enemies of the neighboring Carib tribes, another group with origins in South America who lived principally in the Lesser Antilles. The relationship between the two groups has been the subject of much study. For much of the 15th century, the Taíno tribe was being driven to the northeast in the Caribbean (out of what is now South America) because of raids by Caribs. Many Carib women spoke Taíno because of the large number of female Taíno captives among them. By the 18th century, Taíno society had been devastated by introduced diseases such as smallpox, as well as other factors such as intermarriages and forced assimilation into the plantation economy that Spain imposed in its Caribbean colonies, with its subsequent importation of African slave workers. The first recorded smallpox outbreak in Hispaniola occurred in December 1518 or January 1519. It is argued that there was substantial mestizaje (racial and cultural mixing) as well as several Indian pueblos that survived into the 19th century in Cuba. Many people identify themselves as descendants of the Taínos, most notably among the Puerto Ricans and Dominicans, both on the islands and on the United States mainland. The concept of living Taíno has proved controversial, as the historical canon (read: academia) has for so long declared the Taíno to be extinct. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the

    Taino

  • un arhuaco entre los kogiThe Tayrona or Tairona were, historically. a group of chiefdoms in the region of Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta in present-day Cesar, Magdalena and La Guajira Departments of Colombia. The Tairona formed one of the two principal linguistic groups of the Chibcha family, the other being the Muisca. Today, the Tairona are much better known as the Kogi, Wiwa, Arhuacos and Cancuamo peoples

    Tairona

  • The Takelma are one of the 27 bands of native people from 11 distinct language groups who were taken from their homelands in the 1850s, and who now comprise the Confederated Tribes of Siletz. The name Takelma means "Those Along the River", referring to the Rogue River in the Rogue Valley of interior southwest Oregon, where the Takelma ltraditionally lived.

    Takelma

  • Takla Lake Nation is a First Nation based around Takla Lake in North Central British Columbia. The traditional territory of the Takla Lake First Nation totals approximately 27,250 square kilometres. Today, the Takla Lake Nation is an amalgamation of the North Takla Band and the Fort Connelly Band, a union which occured in 1959. The traditional lands are the geographic area occupied by their ancestors . The Takla Lake people currently speak predominantly English and the Babine dialect of Babine-Witsuwit'en, locally referred to as "Carrier". Until recently, many people also spoke Sekani, and some spoke Gitksan. Some people also speak the Stuart Lake dialect of Carrier. The overall identification of the community is as Carrier. The pot-latch system and clan system continue to play an important role. Traditional skills of tanning hides, sewing, and beading of traditional garments have been maintained to a high degree. Elders are held in high esteem in the community, considered to be an important resource, and play an active role in the community.

    Takla Lake

  • The Talaandig are one of the seven Indigenous Peoples in the province of Bukidnon, Mindanao Philippines. The population of the Talaandig people is roughly estimated to 100,000 individuals. The Talaandig population, however, is probably more than the estimated number because several of its members opted to be called Bukidnon, a name designated by lowland dwellers to its members at the time of Spanish colonization. According to two elders, namely Apu Luciano Sihagan and Apu Angel Colero (both now deceased), the term Bukidnon was designated to the members of the Talaandig who were 'civilized' accordingly by the Spaniards. Some members of the Talaandig people also called themselves Higaonon, a term derived from the term 'gaun' meaning offshore. In the past, the term 'talaandig' was critically referred to as 'wild people', 'ignorant','savage' and 'uncivilized' because they resisted colonization by running to the mountains. Learn more about the Talaandig at Talaandig Cultural Site

    Talaandig

  • The Tampuan (also spelled Tompuan or Tampuon) are an indigenous peoples living in northeast Cambodia. Numbering about 25,000, the Tampuan people live in the mountainous Southern and Western portions of the Cambodian province of Ratanakiri. They have their own language of the Mon–Khmer language family. Tampuans are often classified as both Khmer Loeu or montagnards, a designation given to all hilltribes in the former French Indochina. Nearly all Tampuans are subsistence farmers, practicing a form of rotational slash and burn agriculture. The land surrounding the village is communally owned, with each village member planting on his designated section. When the nutrients on a particular plot of land are depleted, usually after two or three years, a new plot is cleared, burned, and prepared for planting. The previous plot is left to lie fallow for a period of years. The vast majority of Tampuans plant dry-land rice. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tampuan Peoples

    Tampuan

  • Tapayuna are an indigenous people of Brazil, which has a population estimated at 160 individuals ( 2010 ). They speak the Tapayuna language, which is sometimes considered to be a part of the language Suyá. They live in the Brazilian state of Mato Grosso in the Xingu Indigenous Park, near the Culuene river. Photo Credit: Aldeia Kawêretxikô (TI Capoto-Jarina). Foto: Beatriz de Almeida Matos, 2010.

    Tapayuna

  • Tatars (sometimes spelled Tartars) are a Turkic people, numbering roughly 7 million. The majority of Tatars live in the Russian Federation, with a population of around 5.5 million, about 2 million of which in the republic of Tatarstan. Significant minority populations are found in Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, Turkmenistan, Azerbaijan and Turkey. The Tatars originate with the Tatar confederation in the north-eastern Gobi desert in the 5th century. After subjugation in the 9th century by the Khitans, they migrated southward. In the 13th century, they were subjugated by the Mongol Empire under Genghis Khan. Under the leadership of his grandson Batu Khan, they moved westwards, forming part of the Golden Horde which dominated the Eurasian steppe during the 14th and 15th centuries. In Europe, they were assimilated by the local populations or their name spread to the conquered peoples: Kipchaks, Kimaks and others; and elsewhere with Uralic-speaking peoples, as well as with remnants of the ancient Greek colonies in the Crimea and Caucasians in the Caucasus. Siberian Tatars are survivors of the Turkic population of the Ural-Altaic region, mixed to some extent with the speakers of Uralic languages, as well as with Mongols. The three ethnic descendants of the 13th-century westward migration are Volga Tatars, Lipka Tatars and Crimean Tatars, most of whom adopted Islam in the medieval period. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tatar Peoples

    Tatars

  • Datogas : travail du ferTaturu is the name of a wideely-dispersed indigenous population located in the Great Rift Valley of Tanzania. They are often reffered to as the Datooga (sometimes spelled Tatooga). The best-known and most numerous sub-tribe of the Datooga peoples are the Barabaig, who reside chiefly in a part of the northern volcanic highlands dominated by Mount Hanang (3,418 metres). The Barabaig were forcibly evicted from the Basotu Plains in the 1990s to make room for a large-scale wheat-growing project of the Canadian and Tanzanian governments. Other Taturu peoples include: Bajuta, Gisamjanga, Tsimajeega, Rootigaanga, Buraadiiga and Bianjiida.

    Taturu

  • Taureg ridersThe Tuareg (also Twareg or Touareg, Berber: Imuhagh, besides regional ethnyms) are a Berber nomadic pastoralist people. They are the principal inhabitants of the Saharan interior of North Africa. They call themselves variously Kel Tamasheq or Kel Tamajaq ("Speakers of Tamasheq"), Imuhagh, Imazaghan or Imashaghen ("the Free people"), or Kel Tagelmust, i.e., "People of the Veil". These terms can also refer to Berbers in general. There are approximately 1.2 million Tauregs located throughout Mali, Algeria, Niger, Libya and Burkina Faso. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tuareg Peoples

    Taureg

  • The Taurepang are indigenous peoples in the states of Brazil and Venezuela. The have a population estimated at some 28,000 individuals. Most Taurepang are located in the Venezuelan savannah (27,157 persons in 2001 ). The rest, a few hundred more, are located in the Brazilian state of Roraima, on the border with Venezuela, in the indigenous territories of São Marcos and Raposa Serra do Sol, where they coexist with the Macuxi and Ingarikó . Learn more about the Taurepang at socioambiental.org/en/povo/taurepang

    Taurepang

  • The Tawahka are the smallest of the Honduran indigenous groups. The population is estimated at about 2500 people. Tawahka occupy an area of 233 hectares in the center of the Mosquitia, rainforest.

    Tawahka

  • The Telengit are one of the oldest Turkic peoples and belong to the southern Altai branch. Official census data estimates the current Telengit population at 2400 people, although by their own estimates that number is closer to 15,000 people. The Kosh-Agach (Ere-Chui) and Ulagan Districts of Altai Republic have the densest Telengit populations. Learn more about the Telengit at culturalsurvival.org

    Telengit

  • Tibetans celebrate Dalai Lama's Birthday in Tawu, Tibet.The Tibetan people are an ethnic group that is native to Tibet, which is now occupied by the People's Republic of China. They number 5.4 million. Significant Tibetan minorities also live in India, Nepal, and Bhutan. The Khampas of Tibet are originally from Mongolia. Tibetans speak the Tibetan language, which belongs to the Sino-Tibetan languages and has many mutually unintelligible dialects. The traditional, or mythological, explanation of the Tibetan people's origin is that they are the descendants of the monkey Pha Trelgen Changchup Sempa and rock ogress Ma Drag Sinmo. Most Tibetans practice Tibetan Buddhism, though some observe the indigenous Bön and others are Muslims. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tibetan Peoples

    Tibetan

  • The Tlicho or Tåîchô First Nation, formerly known as the Dogrib, are a Dene people living in the Northwest Territories (NWT), Canada. The name Dogrib is an English adaptation of their own name, Tlicho Done (or Thlingchadinne) - 'Dog-Flank People', referring to their fabled descent from a supernatural dog-man. Like their Dene neighbours they called themselves oft simply Done ('person', 'human') or Done Do ('People, i.e. Dene People'). To the land they were living on and from, they were deeply connected which is illustrated in their name for it - Ndé (or Dé, Né) There are now six settlements with Dogrib populations or mostly of Dogrib background: Behchoko (formerly Rae-Edzo), Whati (Lac la Martre), Gameti (Rae Lakes), Wekweeti (Snare Lake), Dettah, and N'Dilo (a subcommunity of Yellowknife, known by the Tlicho as Somba K'e - "where the money is"). The Tlicho Yatiì or Dogrib language belongs to the Athabaskan languages which are part of the Na-Dené languages family. The dialect spoken in the communities of Dettah and N'Dilo developed from intermarriage between Yellowknives and Tlicho. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tlicho Peoples

    Tlicho

  • Tlingit 1The Tlingit (also spelled Tlinkit) are an indigenous people of the Pacific Northwest Coast of America. Their name for themselves is Lingít, meaning "People of the Tides". The Russian name Koloshi (from an Alutiiq term for the labret) or the related German name Koulischen may be encountered in older historical literature, such as Shelikhov's 1796 map of Russian America. The Tlingit are a matrilineal society that developed a complex hunter-gatherer culture in the temperate rainforest of the southeast Alaska coast and the Alexander Archipelago. An inland subgroup, known as the Inland Tlingit, inhabits the far northwestern part of the province of British Columbia and the southern Yukon Territory in Canada. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tlingit Peoples

    Tlingit

  • Often referred to as the Toba or Toba-Qom, the Qom-lik Peoples are located in the Gran Chaco region of what is now Argentina, Bolivia and Paraguay. The name Toba is a Guaraní term that was first used by Spanish settlers. It means "big forehead" (referring to the way the Qom-lik cut their hair short in the front of the head as a signal of mourning). The Qom-lik were originally nomadic hunter-gatherers who, upon the arrival of the Spanish, adopted the horse and resisted colonial encroachment and missionization for several centuries. In the 1880s the Argentine government began a campaign to occupy new territories, defeating the last organized attempts by the Qom-lik to defend their lands. The Argentine Chaco was divided up in large portions and exploited, especially for the valuable quebracho tree, used for its tannin and its extremely durable timber. This devastated the ecosystem in a relatively short time. The private owners of the Chaco then turned to cotton production, employing the Qom-lik as a cheap seasonal workforce; the conditions did not change substantially for decades. On July 19, 1924 in Napalpí in the Chaco Province of Northern Argentina 200 Qom-liks were massacred by the Argentine Police and ranchers. Beginning in 1982, the region suffered unprecedented floods, which caused the crops to be ruined; and in the 1990s, mechanical harvesters imported from Brazil (at very low prices due to Argentina's low fixed exchange rate) left many Qom-lik without work. The provincial government of Chaco resorted to pay a one-way ticket to the Qom-lik willing to migrate south, into Santa Fe. The majority of the Qom-lik migrants settled in Rosario, which is a large city in the south of Santa Fe and had seen a previous wave of Qom-lik in the 1950s and 1960s. Communication and family ties were kept in time, so the newcomers found a place; job opportunities and government assistance, even if scarce and of poor quality, were considerably more available in an urban setting than in Chaco. An estimated 10,000 Qom-lik came to Rosario in the 1990s, and settled mostly in slums (villas miseria). As of 2005, there are 47,951 Toba in Argentina, living in the provinces of Chaco, Formosa and Santa Fe.

    Toba-Qom

  • Tobique First Nation is one of six Wolastoqiyik or Maliseet Nations in New Brunswick, Canada.

    Tobique

  • Tohono O'odham Reservation - Sells AZThe Tohono O'odham have lived in the Sonora desert for thousands years. In fact, their ancestral name literally means "Desert People." However, the Tohono O'odham were previously known as the Papago, a colonial name that was applied to them by uneducated conquistadors. In 1986, they voted to formally restore their true name. Historically, the O'odham inhabited an enormous area of land in the southwest, extending South to Sonora, Mexico, north to Central Arizona (just north of Phoenix, Arizona), west to the Gulf of California, and east to the San Pedro River. This land base was known as the Papagueria and it had been home to the O'odham for thousands of years. From the early 18th Century through to the present, the O'odham land was occupied by foreign governments. With the independence of Republic of Mexico, O'odham fell under Mexican rule. Then, in 1853, through the Gadsden Purchase or Treaty of La Mesilla, O'odham land was divided almost in half, between the United States of America and Mexico. According to the terms of the Gadsden Purchase, the United States agreed to honor all land rights of the area held by Mexican citizens, which included the O'odham, and O'odham would have the same constitutional rights as any other United States citizen. However, the demand for land for settlement escalated with the development of mining and the transcontinental railroad. That demand resulted in the loss of O'odham land on both sides of the border. Following the Plan de Iguala, O'odham lands in Mexico continued to decrease at a rapid rate. In 1927, reserves of lands for indigenous peoples, were established by Mexico. Today, approximately nine O'odham communities in Mexico lie proximate to the southern edge of the Tohono O'odham Nation, a number of which are separated only by the United States/Mexico border. On the U.S. side of the border, the Gadsden Purchase had little effect on the O'odham initially because they were not informed that a purchase of their land had been made, and the new border between the United States and Mexico was not strictly enforced. In recent years, however, the border has come to affect the O'odham in many ways, because immigration laws prevent the O'odham from crossing it freely. In fact, the U.S.-Mexico border has become "an artificial barrier to the freedom of the Tohono O'odham. . . to traverse their lands, impairing their ability to collect foods and materials needed to sustain their culture and to visit family members and traditional sacred sites." O'odham members must produce passports and border identification cards to enter into the United States. On countless occasions, the U.S. Border Patrol has detained and deported members of the Tohono O'odham Nation who were simply traveling through their own traditional lands, practicing migratory traditions essential to their religion, economy and culture. Similarly, on many occasions U.S. Customs have prevented Tohono O'odham from transporting raw materials and goods essential for their spirituality, economy and traditional culture. Border officials are also reported to have confiscated cultural and religious items, such as feathers of common birds, pine leaves or sweet grass. The division of O'odham lands has resulted in an artificial division of O'odham society. O'odham bands are now broken up into 4 federally recognized tribes: the Tohono O'odham Nation, the Gila River Indian Community, the Ak-Chin Indian Community and the Salt River (Pima Maricopa) Indian community. Each band is now politically and geographically distinct and separate. The remaining band, the Hia-C'ed O'odham, are not federally recognized, but reside throughout southwestern Arizona. All of the groups still speak the O'odham language, which derives from the Uto-Aztecan language group, although each group has varying dialects.

    Tohono O'odham

  • The Toromona are one several Indigenous Peoples in South America who live in voluntary isolation, which means they do not interact with the 'outside' world. A Norwegian biologist, Lars Hafskjold, once undertook an exhaustive search for the Toromona. He disappeared in 1997.

    Toromona

  • The Totoroe (Totoro) are located in the eastern department of Cauca, Colombia. Their population is estimated at about of 3500 people. As a result of a strong influence from Western culture, the Totoroe's culture has been considerably diminished. Today there are few if any traditional speakers left.

    Totoroes

  • The Trinitario, who are often referred to as "Mojeños" and occasionally "Moxeños" live throughout the lowlands of south-central Beni, a department in Bolivia. There are approximately 17,000 Trinitarios today, 5,000 of whom continue to speak the traditional Mojo language, which belongs to the Arawakan Language Family. Traditionally, the Trinitario were successful hunters, fishermen, and agriculturists who developed a sophisticated system of cultivation and irrigation that used up to 20,000 artificial hills up to 60 feet high. Considered an architectural masterpeice, the Trinitario used the high ground for farming and dug canals to connect ponds and rivers that caught water in the flood-prone region. Though the Trinitario submitted to Inca domination, in 1564 they successfully opposed the Spaniards who were searching for the infamous El Dorado fountain of youth. However, the succeess was far from a victory. According to some estimates, the Trinitario's population may have been as high as 8 million. In the first decade of the 20th century, They numbered about 30,000. Despite the massive loss in population, and the eventual arrival of Jesuits, the Trinitario are still known as Bolivia's "water" culture.

    Trinitario

  • The Tiriyó (also known as Trio) usually call themselves tarëno, etymologically 'people from here, local people'. They are approximately 2,000 (in 2005) and live in several major villages and a number of minor villages in the border zone between Brazil and Suriname. They speak the Tiriyó language, a member of the Cariban language family.

    Trio

  • triquiThe Triqui are a group of indigenous people that live mostly in the state of Oaxaca in the country of Mexico. They live in a mountainous area that is separated in three main regions: the high region of San Andrés de Chicahuaxtla, the middle region of San Martín Itunyoso and the bottom region of Copala . The area where they live is known as the Mixteca, the South Central part of Mexico. In all three regions a variant of Triqui is spoken and it is an Oto-Manguean language. There are approximately 15,000 speakers of Triqui in Copala; 6,000 in San Andrés Chicahuaxtla; 2,000 in San Martín Itunyoso. On January 21, 2007, in San Juan Copala, the Triqui indigenous peoples declared their autonomy from the state government. Their announcement came after community leaders deliberated for two months among themselves to elect a president, a vice president, a mayor, a secretary, and six people who make up the Council of Elders. The Triqui peoples in Oaxaca had an official "free municipality" status in 1826. For over one hundred years, they enjoyed their autonomy and peaceful existence until in 1948, the PRI siezed power, and have held it ever since. An alternative party of Triqui was formed called Unified Independent Movement for the Triqui Liberation, or MULT in its spanish initials. MULT was a true representation of the Triqui for a number of years until they joined hands with the PRI. Since declaring their autonomy, the Mexican government has maintained a policy of disrespect and destruction of the Triqui of San Juan Copala, with the help of two political-paramilitary organizations: the UBISORT-PRI and the MULT-PUP. Ultimately, that policy forced the Triqui to abandon San Juan Copala in September 2010, after being forced to endure months of sexual assaults, assassinations, and an utter lack of access to food, water, medical services and international aid. The Triqui, however, have not given up their dream to live on their ancestral land as free people.

    Triqui

  • The Trumai (or Trumaí; former native name: ho kod ke) are an indigenous group in Brazil. They currently reside within the Xingu National Park, in the state of Matto Grosso. They have a population of 147 (2006), up from a low of 26 in 1966. The Trumai are considered one of the last groups to have settled on the upper Xingu River, moving there in the 19th century from the region between the Xingu and Araguaia Rivers, as a result of attacks from another people. They currently live in four villages in the National Park, Terra Preta, Boa Esperança, Steinen and Terra Nova, situated halfway from the Leonardo Villas-Bôas Post and the Diauarum Indigenous Post, where some families also live. The Trumai are agriculturists, growing primarily manioc, peppers, and beans. The Trumai language is not closely related to other languages, and it is considered a language isolate. It is severely endangered, as children are becoming native speakers of Aweti, Suyá, or Portuguese. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Trumai Peoples

    Trumai

  • The Tsáchila people of Ecuador live in the county of Santo Domingo in the province of Santo Domingo de los Tsáchilas. They speak the Tsafiki or Tsáchila language of the Barbacoan language family. The spaniards called them "Colorado" (meaning colored red) because they used to cover their entire bodies in the red juices of the achiote seeds, for prevention against Smallpox, but the Spaniards thought that their skin was indeed their true color

    Tsachila

  • The Tsawwassen are a Coast Salish people located in the lower Mainland of British Columbia, Canada.

    Tsawwassen

  • The Tse Keh Nay are Sekani speaking people who have lived in the Rocky Mountain Trench of British Columbia, Canada, for many generations. The Tse Keh Nay represent the Kwadacha First Nation, who live at the confluence of the Finlay and Fox rivers; the Tsay Keh Dene, who live at the north end of Williston Lake; and the Takla Lake First Nation, who live in several small communities on and near Takla Lake. These three communities are closely related to each other through kinship and intermarriage.

    Tse Keh Nay

  • The Tsilhqot'in (also Chilcotin, Tsilhqut'in, Tsinlhqot’in, Chilkhodin, Tsilkótin, Tsilkotin) are a Northern Athabaskan First Nations people that live in British Columbia, Canada. They are the most southern of the Athabaskan-speaking peoples in British Columbia. The name Tsilhqot’in, also spelled Tsinlhqot’in is the Chilcotin name for themselves "people of the red-ochre river" ("Chilko" meaning "red ochre river"). The name also refers to the Chilcotin region, the territory which they traditionally inhabited, and which still numerically dominate the Chilcotin Plateau. It consists of the inland lea of the coast ranges on the west side of the Fraser River. It is the name of the river draining that region. The Chilcotin district is mostly a wide, high plateau, stretching from the mountains to the Fraser, but also includes several fjord-like lakes which verge from the plateau into the base of the mountains, the largest of which is Chilko Lake. The Tsilhqot’in people live today in Alexandria, north of Williams Lake, British Columbia, and in a string of communities westward from Williams Lake on Highway 20. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tsilhqot'in

    Tsilhqotin

  • The Tsimshian (Ts’msyan) are an indigenous people of the Pacific Northwest Coast. Tsimshian translates to Inside the Skeena River. Their communities are in British Columbia and Alaska, around Terrace and Prince Rupert and the southernmost corner of Alaska on Annette Island. There are approximately 10,000 Tsimshian. Their culture is matrilineal with a societal structure based on a clan system, properly referred to as a moiety. Early anthropologists and linguistics grouped Gitxsan and Nisga'a as Tsimshian because of linguistic affinities. Under this terminology they were referred to as Coast Tsimshian, even though some communities were not coastal. The three groups identify as separate nations. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tsimshian people

    Tsimpshian

  • The Tsou (Zou; Chau) are an indigenous people of central southern Republic of China (Taiwan). They are spread across three administrative entities of the Republic of China — Nantou County, Chiayi County and Kaohsiung City. They are sometimes confused with the Thao people of Sun Moon Lake. In the year 2000 the Tsou numbered 6,169. This was approximately 1.6% of Taiwan's total Indigenous population, making them the seventh-largest tribal group. Text adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tsou people

    Tsou

  • The Tule are one of several Indigenous Peoples in Colombia who are at risk of extinction. There are fewer more than 1,200 left today in the reservations Caimán Nuevo in Antioquia and Arquía in north-western Colombia. A matriarchal society, The Tule have faced considerable hardship in recent years due to the abundance of minerals, timber, and other 'natural resources' on their territory, which sits on the border with Panama. These riches have attracted the attention of criminal and illegal armed groups over the past decade. Many Tule have sought refuge in Panama or elsewhere in Choco; however, a determined few, believing that they would not survive if they parted from their ancestral lands, have decided to stay.

    Tule

  • Reunião CODES Costa das BaleiasThe Tupinambá are believed to be first Indigenous population to have made contact with the Europeans on the Bahia coast. They are also consider to be one of the first to become extinct, though that was never the case. As of 2004, their population was about 3000 people. The Tupinamba are among several different tribes that speak Tupian languages. Other tribes include the Tupiniquim, Potiguara, Tabajara, Caetés, Temiminó, Tamoios and Guaraní. During the late 19th century, the government of Brazil stripped the Tupinamba of their indigenous rights, due to the limited views that various agencies had about who was or was not indigenous. Fortunately, the 1988 Constitution created an opening that presented the Tupinamba with a chance to restore what was taken from them. 13 years later, the Tupinambá were officially recognized as indigenous by FUNAI.

    Tupinamba

  • The Tupiniquim (Tupinikim) Peoples are located today on three reservations (reservas indígenas in Portuguese) in the municipality of Aracruz in northern Espírito Santo state, southeastern Brazil. As of 1997 their population was 1,386. They are speakers of Portuguese and no longer speak their traditional language which was a member of the Tupi–Guarani family. Historically, the Tupiniquim inhabited a large tract of coast from about 200 km south of Salvador down to São Mateus river. This is north of the present day Aracruz reservations and extended for about 600 km. Present day Reservations have been inhabited by the Tupiniquim since the founding of Santa Cruz and Nova Almeida (then Reis Magos), both of which had a large Amerindian majority in their populations during their first 200 years or so. The name of the three reservations they now inhabit are Caieiras Velhas, Pau-Brasil, and Comboios. This community lives in an area covered with rainforests. The Tupiniquim have an ongoing land dispute with Aracruz Cellulose. In the 1990s, due to the devastation caused by this corporation, few of their previous 40 or so villages remained. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tupiniquim peoples

    Tupinikim

  • The Turkana Peoples are located in the Turkana District in northwest Kenya, a dry and hot region bordering Lake Turkana in the east, Uganda to the west, and Sudan and Ethiopia to the north. They refer to their land as Turkan. According to the 2009 Kenyan census, the Turkana number close to one million, or 2.5% of Kenyan population, which makes them the third largest Indigenous population in Kenya, after the Kalenjin and the Luo. The Turkana are a monotheistic people. They believe in one God, known as Akuj. Akuj is the creator of the universe and to Akuj do all things belong. The Turkana call upon Akuj in times of great need. Akuj is invoked through prayers and chants and through animal sacrifices. The Turkana believe that Akuj is the source of all power and that no challenge is impossible when Akuj intervenes. There was a relative long period of peace among indigenous communities around Turkana until the onset of European colonization of Africa. Sporadic conflicts involved Turkana fights against Arab , swahili and Abyssinian slave raiders and ivory traders. European colonization brought a new dimension to conflict with Turkana putting up a lasting resistance to a complex enemy, the British. The Turkana put up and maintained active resistance to British colonial advances leading to a passive presence of colonial administration. By the outbreak of WW I , few parts of Turkana had been put under colonial administration. From WW I through to end of WW II, Turkana actively participated in the wars as allies of Britain against invading Italia. Turkana was used as the launching pad for the war against invading Italian forces leading to the liberation of Abyssinia. After WW II, the British led disarmament and pacification campaigns in Turkana, leading to massive disruptions and dispossession of Turkana pastoralists. The colonial administration practiced a policy of deliberate segregation of Turkana people by categorizing Turkana Province as a closed district. This led to marginalization and underdevelopment in the lead up to Kenya's independence. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Turkana peoples

    Turkana

  • The Tutu Naku (Totonac) peoples resided in the eastern coastal and mountainous regions of Mexico at the time of the Spanish arrival in 1519. Today they reside in the states of Veracruz, Puebla, and Hidalgo. They are one of the possible builders of the Pre-Columbian city of El Tajín, and further maintained quarters in Teotihuacán (a city which they claim to have built). Until the mid-19th century they were the world's main producers of vanilla. Along with the normal agricultural crops of maize, manioc, squash, beans, pumpkin and chili peppers, the region was noted for its production of liquid amber and cotton. Even during the disastrous central Mexican famine of 1450-1454, the region remained a reliable agricultural center. The region of Totonacapan was subject to Aztec military incursions from the mid-15th century until the Spanish arrival. Despite the establishment of Aztec fortifications throughout the region, rebellion was endemic. Major Totonac centers were Papantla, with an estimated population of 60,000 in 1519, Xalapa (around 120,000), and Cempoala (around 80,000). Cempoala was the first Indigenous city state visited by Hernán Cortés in his march to the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlán. The Totonacs of Cempoala joined forces with Cortés and, along with the Tlaxcalan Peoples, contributed significantly to the Spanish conquest. Totonacapan became incorporated into the Spanish regime with comparatively little violence, but the region was ravaged by epidemic diseases during the 16th century. Today, approximately 90,000 Totonac speakers reside in the region.

    Tutu Naku

  • Lançamento do Documentário das Políticas Públicas de JuventudeThe Tuxá are an indigenous peoples found in the Northeastern states of Pernambuco and Bahia, Brazil. Currently displaced, the Tuxá historically occupied a number of islands on the San Francisco River. They were forced to abandon their traditional lands after the construction of a hydroelectric dam which ultimately flooded out the area. The Tuxá have a strong tradition in agriculture, however, since the dam, they have been unable to acquire adequate land for cultivation. The Tuxá's population today is estimated at 3,956 people.

    Tuxá

  • Couple From TenejapaThe Tzeltal people are located in the highlands or Los Altos region of the Mexican state of Chiapas. They are one of many Mayan ethnic groups and they speak a language which belongs to the Tzeltalan subgroup of Mayan languages. Most Tzeltals live in communities in about twenty municipalities, under a Mexican system called “usos y costumbres” (usage and customs) which seeks to respect traditional indigenous authority and politics. Women are often seen wearing traditional huipils and black skirts, but men generally do not wear traditional attire. Tzeltal religion syncretically integrates traits from Catholic and native belief systems. Shamanism and traditional medicine is still practiced. Many make a living through agriculture and/or handcrafts, mostly textiles; and many also work for wages to meet family needs. The Tzeltal call themselves Winik atel, which means "Working Men" in their language, or as the “batzil’op” or “those of the original word” referring to the Mayan oral tradition. They are largest indigenous ethnicity with 278,577 people aged five years of age or more in the state of Chiapas who speak the language according to the 2000 census and an estimated 500,000 total, representing 34.41% of the total indigenous population of Chiapas. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Tzeltal peoples

    Tzeltal

  • Indigenous Peoples by any other name, the Velip are one of seven Scheduled Tribes in Goa, India's smallest state. There isn't much information available on the Velip beyond a few sentences on tourism websites about how 'friendly' they are. The Velip's homeland today has been restricted to various tribal hamlets in and around the Cotigao Wildlife Sanctuary in Cancona, southern Goa. The overall population of Cotigao is about four thousand people. The Velips are currently battling the Forest Department for the right to use their ancestral lands, which they use to cultivate cashews—the Velip's primary source of income. The Velips say that the Forest Department turned their land into a wildlife sanctuary so it can move them out and eventually hand the land over to mining companies. Indeed, there are robust deposits of valuable minerals in the area. In June of 2011, two young Velip leaders were killed after taking part in a massive protest to safeguard their rights.

    Velip

  • VhaVenda I-48The Vhavenda people are located on the North and West of Makhado in the Limpopo province of South Africa. The region they inhabit borders Zimbabwe and it is where the Shashe and Vhembe rivers meet. The word Vhavenda and Venda are used interchangeably when referring to the Vhavenda people, however the word Vhavenda better describes the people, whilst Venda refers more to the language. The Vhavenda are one of many tribal groups within South Africa, and despite their language being recognised as one of the eleven official languages of South Africa, their main aim is to establish their traditional leaders as the local authorities of their territory with legitimate jurisdiction. To date their chiefs and leaders do have influence amongst their people, but since their re-integration into South Africa, and loss of homeland status in 1994, they are now governed by the State law of South African government. The division of South Africa into nine provinces in 1994 saw the Vhavenda incorporated into what was first known as the Northern Transvaal, then later the Northern Province, and today is known as the Limpopo Province. The history of the Vhavenda began with their migration from central Africa southwards to South Africa where by the 9th century they had established the Mapungubwe Kingdom. Studies reveal King Shiriyadenga to have been the first king of those people from Mapungubwe and the Venda, who subsequently united to form the Vhavgona/Vhavenda. From the 18th century, the presence of other peoples, specifically Europeans, directly threatened the traditional and ancestral legacy of the Vhavenda people. Much of their land was seized through a series of violent confrontations, and transformed into land for farming. By 1979 the Vhavenda homeland opted for political independence within the framework of apartheid laws, this decision created the Republic of Venda, a Republic only recognised by the South African government and other homelands (Bantustans) but not as equals. Because their land was designated a homeland, they were mostly unaffected by the political and social changes imposed by the apartheid government and were thus able to live their lives very much undisturbed, however they remained isolated. Despite the formal end to discriminatory practices towards non-whites in South Africa after apartheid, the Vhavenda continue to experience a new form of discrimination. Sacred sites of Vhavenda remain unprotected. The holy forests are exploited by the government without any form of consultation with Vhavenda indigenous people; the 20th century construction of a copper mine in Musina is a poignant example. The Vhavenda culture is a hybrid of different cultures, with their closest affiliation being the Shona people of Zimbabwe, but also to the Lemba, Lobedu and North Sotho. Other major influences are by the Tsonga, Lobedu, Zulu, Swazi and others. The Venda's overall population is estimated at 720,000 people Unrepresented Nations and Peoples Organization

    vhaVenda

  • The Wai Wai (also written Waiwai or Wai-wai) are an indigenous peoples located in southern Guyana and northern Brazil. There are approximately 200 Wai-wai in Guyana and 2000 in Brazil. In Brazil, they mostly reside in Terra Indígena Wai-wai, Terra Indígena Trombetas-Mapuera and Terra Indígena Nhamundá-Mapuera.

    Wai Wai

  • The Wampanoag (Wôpanâak in the Wampanoag language) are a federally recognized Native American nation which currently consists of five tribes, located in present-day Massachusetts. Two have gained official federal recognition. In the 1600s when encountered by the English, the Wampanoag lived in southeastern Massachusetts and Rhode Island, as well as within a territory that encompassed current day Martha's Vineyard and Nantucket. Their population numbered in the thousands due to the richness of the environment and their cultivation of corn, beans and squash; it was 3,000 on Martha's Vineyard alone. While the tribe largely disappeared from historical records from the late 18th century, its people persisted. Survivors remained in their traditional areas and continued many aspects of their culture, while absorbing other people by marriage and adapting to changing economic and cultural needs in the larger society. Although the last native speakers of Wôpanâak died more than 100 years ago, since 1993 the tribe has been working on a language revival project that is producing new native speakers, the first time this has been achieved in the United States. The project is working on curriculum and teacher development. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wampanoag Peoples

    Wampanoag

  • The Wancavilca or Huancavilca Peoples are located on the Southern coast of Ecuador, in the Peninsula of Santa Elena, in the provinces of Manabi and Guayas. As of 2002, their population is estimated at 168 724 people which make up about 318 communities.

    Wancavilca

  • emeline baretto spinning cottonThe Wapixana (or Wapishana, Wapisiana, Wapitxana, Vapidiana) are an indigenous people found in the Roraima area of southern Guyana and northern Brazil. In 1984, the Brazilian National Foundation estimated that there were only 2,995 Wapishana in twenty Brazilian villages. There are no estimates of the number of Wapishana who live outside villages. According to a 1981 survey in Guyana, there were approximately 5,000 Wapishana in Southern Rupununi, southern area of Guyana bordering Brazil. In 1997 the Wapishana population was estimated to be between 10,000 and 11,000 people. According to Funasa’s data for 2008, the Wapishana population totals around 7,000 individuals. For Guyana, the most recent estimate is about 6,000 people. In Brazil, Wapishana villages contain an average population of 150 inhabitants, while on the other hand the number of inhabitants is higher for villages in Guyana, which average around 500 inhabitants. Since the earliest days of European contact with the Wapishana, the political situation in Brazil has been different from the one in Guyana. According to Henfry, the Brazilian state of Roraima includes 23 Wapishana villages, which actually all include large non-Wapishana and mixed-race populations. The ancestors of these people were the first of Roraima’s indigenous population to encounter European explorers, who gained access to the area from time to time throughout the 18th century. A slight government interference before the mid-20th century left effective political control in the hands of cattle ranchers. By the 1970’s it was reported that 60% of Brazil’s Wapishana and Atorai were integrated, speaking Portuguese as their first language, and the rest were mostly bilingual and in permanent contact with the state. The main difference between the Brazilian and Guyanese Wapishana is their rights to land. In Guyana, Amerindian villages are state elected administrative units but there is nothing relating to the reservation system and villages are in remote areas. Although the situation of Guyanese Wapishana is better than most part of the Brazilian population of Wapishana, it is still far from perfect. Entirely, Amerindians are the least privileged group of Guyanese society. Among their problems are health and education, unfortunately the Rupununi region is one of those Amerindian populations that are particularly suffering from these problems, according to a study demonstrated by the ARU. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wapixana Peoples

    Wapixana

  • The Wayana (alternate names: Ajana, Uaiana, Alucuyana, Guaque, Ojana, Orcocoyana, Pirixi, Urukuena, Waiano etc.) are a Carib-speaking people located in the south-eastern part of the Guiana highlands, a region divided between Brazil, Suriname, and French Guiana. In 1980, when the last census took place, the Wayana numbered some 1,500 individuals, of which 150 in Brazil, among the Apalai, 400 in Suriname, and 1,000 in French Guiana, along the Maroni River. About half of them still spoke their original language. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wapixana Peoples

    Wayana

  • On The Road Again Día 4: Cabo de la vela - Manaure - Santa MartaThe Wayuu are known as the people of the sun, sand, and wind. They are located in the arid Guajira Peninsula in northern Colombia and northwest Venezuela. The Wayúu language is part of the Arawak family and is called Wayuunaiki. The Wayuu had never been subjugated by the Spanish. The two groups were in a more or less permanent state of war. There had been rebellions in 1701 (when they destroyed a Capuchin mission), 1727 (when more than 2,000 Indians attacked the Spanish), 1741, 1757, 1761 and 1768. In 1718 Governor Soto de Herrera called them "barbarians, horse thieves, worthy of death, without God, without law and without a king." In more recent times, the Wayúu have faced tremendous discrimination and exclusion, particularly in Colombia. For instance, Wayúu (Guajiro) lands on the border with Venezuela have been granted to mining interests without regard for the Wayuu. The Colombian constitution recognizes the right of the indigenous to manage the resources found on their territories, however, the government allows private concessions to extract salt on Wayúu land; while the Wayúu themselves have been denied the right to do the same. The Wayuu are also caught in the ongoing war between the Colombian army, FARC and right-wing paramilitaries, placing the Wayuu in an extremely vulnerable position. Many Wayuu have been forced to relocate to Venezuela to escape the violence and ethnic harassment. According to a 1997 census in Colombia, the Wayuu population numbered approximately 144,003 - representing 20% of Colombia's total Amerindian population and 48% of the population of the Department of La Guajira. The Wayuu occupy a total area of 4,171 square miles (10,800 km2) within approximately 10 Indian reservations, 8 of which are located south of the Department (including a very important one called Carraipia). In Venezuela, the population is estimated at some 293,777 individuals, according to the 2001 census, with some 60,000 living in the city of Maracaibo. This makes the Wayuu the largest indigenous group in Venezuela, representing 57.5% of the Amerindian population. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wayuu Peoples

    Wayuu

  • Wet'suwet'en (also known as Hwotsotenne, Witsuwit'en, Wetsuwet'en, Wets'uwet'en) are a First Nations people who live on the Bulkley River and around Broman Lake and Francois Lake in the northwestern Central Interior of British Columbia. The name they call themselves, Wet'suwet'en, means 'People of the Wa Dzun Kwuh River'. The Wet'suwet'en are a branch of the Dakelh or Carrier people, and in combination with the Babine people have been referred to as the Western Carrier. They speak Witsuwit'en, a dialect of the Babine-Witsuwit'en language which, like its sister language Carrier, is a member of the Athabaskan family. The traditional government of the Wet'suwet'en comprises 13 hereditary chiefs, organized today as the Office of the Hereditary Chiefs of the Wet'suwet'en, or the Office of the Wet'suwet'en in BC government terminology (the government does not recognize their hereditary rights). The Office of the Hereditary Chiefs is the main political body of the Wet'suwet'en and is involved in the negotiating process for an eventual treaty with the British Columbia government. In the past, they were co-complainants in the Delgamuukw v. British Columbia case, which sought to establish recognition of the hereditary territorial rights of the Gitxsan and Wet'suwet'en Confederacy. The Wet'suwet'en's population is currently estimated at 2,447 people. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wet'suwet'en

    Wetsuweten

  • The Wichí are an indigenous people located throughout the headwaters region of the Bermejo River and the Pilcomayo River, in Argentina and Bolivia. Wichí have traditionally lived from hunting, fishing and basic agriculture. Since the beginning of 20th century, significant portions of their traditional land have been taken over by outsiders, and what was once a grassland became desertified by deforestation, introduction of cattle and, more recently, by the introduction of alien crops (soybean). A study made in 1998 by a graduate student from Clark University, Worcester, MA based on satellite photo surveys showed that between 1984 and 1996 20% of the forest has been lost. The Wichí were affected by the recession that lasted from 1999 to 2002, but their relative economic self-sufficiency, their physical isolation and the lack of recognition on the part of the authorities largely diminished the impact of the crisis, which was circumscribed on inflation in the price of certain goods they cannot produce (such as sugar and red meat, replaceable by wild honey and fish) and on problems with the supply of medicines and healthcare. For many years, the Wichí have been struggling to get legal titles to the land they traditionally own, constantly seized and fenced by non-indigenous cattlers and farmers. Their main claims are centered in two large public land areas in eastern Salta, known as Lote 55 (about 2,800 km²) and Lote 14. The Wichí rights to that land have been recognised by law, but no practical enforcement actions have been taken by the Salta provincial government. At the beginning of 2004, the government of Salta decided to lift the protected status of the General Pizarro Natural Reserve, an area of 250 km² in the Anta Department inhabited by about 100 Wichí, and sell part of the land to two private companies, Everest SA and Initium Aferro SA, to be deforested and planted with soybean. After months of complaints, legal struggle, and a campaign sponsored by Greenpeace, on 29 September 2005 (after an exposure in a popular TV show) a group of Argentine artists, actors, musicians, models, environmental groups and Wichí representatives arranged a hearing with Chief of Cabinet Alberto Fernández, Director of the National Parks Administration Héctor Espina and President Néstor Kirchner himself. The national government promised to discuss the matter with Salta governor Juan Carlos Romero. On 14 October 2005 the National Parks Administration and the government of Salta signed an agreement to create a new national protected area in General Pizarro. Of the approximately 213 km² comprised by the new reserve, the Wichí will have the right of use of 22 km², and they will own 8 km². Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Wichi Peoples

    Wichi

  • Winnemem Wintu DancersThe Winnemem Wintu ("middle river people" or "middle water people") are a traditional people originally located along the lower McCloud River, above the Shasta Dam near Redding, California. Since 1945, portions of the lower McCloud River have been flooded by Shasta Lake. The Winnemem Wintu are currently in a protracted fight with State of California and the federal Bureau of Reclamation over the proposed raising of the height of Shasta Dam to secure more water for California cities and agriculture; the Winnemem Wintu argue that the proposed higher lake level would flood many Winnemem Wintu sacred sites. From September 12 to 16, 2004, one faction of Winnemem Wintu held a "war dance" as a protest. They claim it was the first war dance held since 1876. Currently, the Winnemem Wintu are not a federally recognized tribe, although they are working toward federal recognition. Some Winnemem Wintu feel that it is by government error rather than termination that the Bureau of Indian Affairs does not recognize them. And some Wintu representatives, of Winnemem heritage, have been relayed by Interior Officials that it was "Bureaucratic Oversight" that resulted in the entire Wintu being omitted from the list of federally recognised tribes as early as the 1940s. The Winnemem Wintu are also divided politically into several groups, with members participating in at least three organized groups attempting to obtain federal recognition. In addition, there are several Winnemem Wintu descendents who decline to participate in these groups for various reasons. The Winnemem healer, Florence Jones (Puilulimet) (1907–2003), was portrayed in a nationally broadcast PBS documentary, In the Light of Reverence, in 2001, as she successfully led her community's fight to stop construction of a new ski resort on sacred Mount Shasta. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Winnemem Wintu

    Winnemem

  • Wintun is a name generally given to a group of Penutian-speaking Indigenous Peoples in what is now California. Traditional Wintun territory was some 250 miles (400 km) from north to south and included stretches of the flanking foothills. Four primary linguistic groupings made up the Wintun population: the northern Wintun (Wintu), the central Wintun (Nomlaki), and the two subdivisions of the southern Wintun, the Hill and River Patwin.

    Wintun

  • The Wiwa (also known as Arsarios or Malayo) live in the Sierra Nevada of Santa Marta in northern Colombia. They are one of four indigenous peoples in the mountainous region, who refer to themselves as the Elder Brothers (Oldest Brothers) to all other People on Earth. According to Colombia Ministry of Culture , the Wiwa have a population of 13,627 persons. Of these, 12,803 people reside in rural areas and 824 in urban areas. Roughy 79% of the population is under 30 years; while just 2% are over 60. The Wiwa along with the Kogi, Arhuaco and Kankuamo--direct descendants of the Tayrona--are also one of the few indigenous peoples in the western hemisphere to have almost no historical contact with outsiders due to their adopted survival strategy of isolation from the 'civilized' world. Today, however, they are, like other Indigenous Peoples in Colombia, caught in the ongoing conflict between Colombia and Illegal armed groups like FARC and ELN.

    Wiwa

  • The Wounaan are a Panamanian group based in the Darien region. They are also known as the Wounana, Wound Meu, Noenama and by the homogenizing name Choco used to group together numerous Indigenous groups in this locality. They are a sub group of the Embera-Wounaan people, have a population of approximately 6,800 and speak Wounaan dialects originating from languages of the Chocoan family. Most Wounaan specifically inhabit villages within or just outside two Embera-Wounaan Comarcas, semi-autonomous democratic indigenous administrative areas. Outside of these Comarcas some still live along the Darien rivers and others are increasingly moving to more urbanized locales. Traditionally the Wounaan are/were semi nomadic people and lived by hunting, gathering and practicing swidden agriculture to grow bananas, corn and roots amongst other crops. Male members of the Wounaan are particularly well known for their bowl haircuts and elaborate body painting achieved using woodblocks. The Wounaan are also famed crafts people, creating intricate basket work and carvings. The goods produced by these talented artisans provide an important source of economic income for groups today. It is suggested that the Wounaan first moved into the Darien area and began to practice their lifeways in the late Eighteenth Century to escape expanding Spanish towns. They appear to have lived for some time in relative isolation from outsiders until the mid Twentieth Century which saw the Wounaan brought into more concerted contact with a cash economy, trading crops and forest goods for cash and industrial products. With involvement in this sphere came school construction and missionary activity. In the 1960’s, allegedly encouraged by explorer Henry Baker Fernandez, the Embera-Wounaan peoples began proceedings to form a Comarca in order to secure greater autonomy and guarantee access to land and resources. A new political and village system was established to achieve this goal and two districts covering 4,180 square kilometres subsequently received Comarca status in 1983. Today the Comarcas contain over forty villages and despite the relative autonomy of the Wounaan in these districts land security remains a concern. Recent years have brought clashes with loggers guilty of illegal encroachment amongst other problems. The Wounaan continue to fight for their lands and are currently seeking greater legal title to be able better protect them.

    Wounaan

  • The Wuikinuxv are a First Nation people of Canada with a population of around three hundred. They are also referred to as the Owekeeno, Wikeno, Owikeno and Awikenox. Historically, they have been frequently mistaken as a Northern Kwakiutl people along with their Haisla and Haida neighbours. Wuikinuxv speak the Oowekyala dialect, a sub-language of Heiltsuk-Oowekyala belonging to the North Wakashan language. The Wuikinuxv Nation’s territory in Canada is located in the Central Coast region of the province of British Columbia, an area of incredible biological richness. The abundance of resources in the area, both marine and terrestrial, made it a perfect place for the Wuikinuxv to subsist. For much of their history, the people followed seasonal migration patterns across their lands, responding to the movements of resources and living at family owned procurement camps to gather and pool their food. Fishing was a great source of wealth for the Wuikinuxv who lived and traded primarily on the fruits provided by salmon runs. Additional hunting and gathering activities as well as effective storage innovations also played important roles in the economy of the Wuikinuxv. Along their migratory routes the Wuikinuxv practiced their traditional seasonal ceremonies and potlatches, maintaining their collective cultural identity in tandem with their movements. Archaeological evidence yielded from settlements dating from as far back as 10,000 years ago has demonstrated the antiquity of the Wuikinuxv and their ancestors inhabitation of the area, contextualising the interconnected nature of their spiritual and subsistence activities. Today the traditional Wuikinuxv way of life has been disrupted by the drastic changes to their ecological surroundings which have occurred in relatively recent history. Resource extraction of the last two centuries has depleted many forms of life in the Central Coast area, especially once plentiful salmon stocks and monumental Cedar trees. The commercial interests of non-Indians is the chief explanation for this natural depletion. Contact brought many troubles upon the Wuikinuxv, amongst them new and virulent diseases and an end to an economy based on trade and it’s replacement with a cash one. In the 1800’s white foreigners came to exploit the abundance of fish in the area and no less than sixteen canneries were built in Rivers Inlet alone. This being a chief area of habitation for the Wuikinuxv it was not only the fish that were damaged by this intense prospecting. Many Wuikinuxv were lured into becoming labourers whilst the fish stocks lasted. Due to these traumatic consequences of contact mass migrations took place away from Rivers Inlet. Yet for some the cycles of Wuikinuxv life began to revolve around the commercial gain found in involvement in extraction activities rather than knowledge of and faith in the Wuikinuxv’s caring relationship with their environment. This has had dire consequences. Commercial fishing is now unheard of amongst the Wuikinuxv due to the still critical condition of the areas salmon stocks. Today some Wuikinuxv live in urban areas away from their traditional homeland whilst others are based on any of the three reservations under the Wuikinuxv Nation’s administration. There is a strong tide of people who are committed to conserving remaining aspects of traditional Wuikinuxv culture and revitalizing others. Song and dance are still central to community life whilst potlatches have been re-instigated since the construction of a new ‘big house,’ built in 2005, which now acts as a Wuikinuxv cultural hub and symbol of regeneration. The Wuikinuxv are also working determinedly to re-align themselves with the cycles that provided for their ancestors and are heavily involved in resource stewardship initiatives.

    Wuikinuxv

  • The Confederated Tribes and Bands of the Yakama Nation, or simply Yakama Nation (formerly Yakima), are a Native American Nation with nearly 10,000 citizens, living in Washington. Their reservation, along the Yakima River, covers an area of approximately 1.2 million acres (5,260 km²). Today the nation is governed by the Yakama Tribal Council, which consists of representatives of 14 tribes and bands. Many Yakama engage in ceremonial, subsistence, and commercial fishing for salmon, steelhead, and sturgeon in the Columbia River and its tributaries within land ceded by the tribe to the United States. The right to fish is protected by treaties and has been re-affirmed through court cases such as United States v. Washington (the Boldt Decision) and United States v. Oregon (Sohappy v. Smith.) The Yakama people were similar to the other native inhabitants of the Columbia River Plateau. They were hunters and gatherers well known for trading salmon harvested from the Columbia River. In 1805 or 1806, they encountered the Lewis and Clark Expedition where the Yakima River merges with the Columbia River. As a consequence of the Walla Walla Council (1855) and the Yakima War of 1855 , the tribe was forced to move onto their present reservation. The Treaty of 1855 identified the 14 confederated tribes and bands of the Yakama including "Yakama, Palouse," (now written "Palus"), "Pisquouse, Wenatshapam, Klikatat, Klinquit, Kow-was-say-ee, Li-ay-was, Skin-pah, Wish-ham, Shyiks, Ochechotes, Kah-milt-pay, and Se-ap-cat, confederated tribes and bands of Indians, occupying lands hereinafter bounded and described and lying in Washington Territory, who for the purposes of this treaty are to be considered as one nation, under the name 'Yakama'…". (Treaty with the Yakama, 1855) The name was changed from Yakima to Yakama in 1994 to reflect the native pronunciation. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yakama Nation

    Yakama

  • The indigenous community Yakye Axa in Enxet is made up of 319 persons, gathered in 90 families, who have traditionally lived in the Chaco of Paraguayo. At the end of the 19th century, the non-indigenous occupation of these lands started, leading to the establishment of cattle farms. With this occupation, the indigenous peoples living in this area became employees in the cattle farms. The members of the community Yakye Axa mainly worked in the farm of Loma Verde. From this farm, they moved to the settlement of El Estribo in 1986, responding to the invitation of the inhabitants of this area and to trying to escape the exploitation suffered in Loma Verde. Unfortunately, this change did not result in an improvement of the living conditions of the community, due to the low productivity of the land, the lack of food and the cultural marginalization. In the light of these extreme conditions, some members of the community decided 10 years later (1996) to go back to Loma Verde, that is, to the land that they claim as part of their ancestral territory. Since the access to these lands had been denied, the members of the community settled down in front of the fence surrounding Loma Verde, next to the road that links Pozo Colorado and Concepción, in the Presidente Hayes Department. It is worth underlining that these families live under extreme conditions, since the community cannot access the land claimed nor use it for the production of food or for hunting purposes. Moreover, the members of the community cannot use the road-side either, since, according to the authorities, it is a “public road-side”, in which hunting, the extraction of firewood and water, etc. are forbidden. Apart from the problems of access to land, the families of the community of Yakye Axa are not provided with the basic requirements, like adequate housing, sanitation, aqueduct, electricity, education for children, etc. The claiming process took place before different administrative, judicial and legislative instances in Paraguay without a satisfactory sentence. As a last resort, the community Yakye Axa appealed to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights in January 2000, which transferred the case of the community to the Inter-American Court on Human Rights. The Court produced a judgment on this case dated June 17, 2005. In this court decision the Paraguayan State was sentenced for the violation of the rights. The Court served Paraguay a note listing measures of redressal for the country to take such as identifying the traditional territory of the members of the Yakye Axa community, handing it over free of charge to the community within a maximum period of three years. While the members of the community are without land, the State should provide them immediately and continuously with the goods and basic services that they need to survive, like water, food, medical care, medicines and school materials. Also, the State should, in a reasonable period of time, adopt in the national legislation the legislative and administrative measures required to ensure the effective enjoyment of the right to property of the indigenous peoples. Furthermore, the State should pay for material damage and for costs and expenses within a year. Despite the sentence, Paraguay has until today not complied with this sentence, and prolonged the extremely inadequate living conditions of the community members. FIAN

    Yakye Axa

  • cca102001-mu-pic_lu_018-0068-wOriginally recognized as Yami, the Tao are the Indigenous inhabitants of Irala (Orchard Island) south of Taiwan. The word "Tao" (pronounced Ta-o) means "person" or "people" in both the Tao language and Philippine languages. The Tao people are traditionally good at making balangays (native canoes), which is a symbol of their tribe. In the year 2000 the Yami numbered 3,872. This was approximately 1% of Taiwan's total indigenous population. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yami people

    Yami

  • Indígenas también celebraronThe Yanomami, also spelled Ya̧nomamö or Yanomama, are a group of approximately 20,000 indigenous people who live in some 200–250 villages in the Amazon rainforest on the border between Venezuela and Brazil. In the mid-1970s, garimpeiros (small independent gold-diggers) started to enter the Yanomami country. Where these garimpeiros settled, they killed members of the Yanomami tribe in conflict over land. In addition, mining techniques by the garempeiros led to environmental degradation. In 1990, more than 40,000 garimpeiros had entered the Yanomami land. In 1992, the president of Brazil Collor de Mello accepted the opening of a Yanomami Park founded by Brazilian anthropologists and Survival International, a project that started in the early 1970s. Non-Yanomami people continue to enter the land. The Brazilian and Venezuelan governments do not have adequate enforcement programs to prevent the entry of outsiders into this land. Ethical controversy has arisen about Yanomami blood taken for study by scientists such as Napoleon Chagnon and his associate James Neel. Although Yanomami religious tradition prohibits the keeping of any bodily matter after the death of that person, the donors were not warned that blood samples would be kept indefinitely for experimentation. Several prominent Yanomami delegations have sent letters to the scientists who are studying them, demanding the return of their blood samples. These samples are currently being taken out of storage for shipping to the Amazon as soon as the scientists can figure out whom to deliver them to and how to prevent any potential health risks for doing so. Members of the American Anthropological Association debated the dispute that has divided their discipline, voting 846 to 338 to rescind a 2002 report on allegations of misconduct by scholars' studying the Yanomami people. The dispute has raged since Patrick Tierney published Darkness in El Dorado in 2000. The book charged that anthropologists had repeatedly caused harm—and in some cases, death—to members of the Yanomami people whom they had studied in the 1960s. In 2010 Brazilian director José Padilha revisited the Darkness in El Dorado controversy in his documentary Secrets of the Tribe. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yanomami people

    Yanomami

  • Hailing mainly from the settlement of Borroloola in the Northern Territory, the Yanyuwa are an Australian Aboriginal group whose traditional territory lies on the coastal plain between the Barkly Table lands the Gulf of Carpentaria. Traditionally, the Yanyuwa speak a language also known as Yanyuwa. A member of the Pama-Nyungen family this language is now critically endangered with only 5-15 speakers estimated to be left. Though the Yanyuwa also speak Mara and Garrwa, efforts are under way to save the Yanyuwa language itself through a collaboration between the people and anthropologist John Bradley. The Yanyuwa have a vibrant spiritual culture and would traditionally use Kujka, dreaming stories, to aid them in their subsistence activities. The Yanyuwa subsistence economy traditionally revolves around hunting and gathering activities on their terrestrial territory and fishing in the Barramundi rich rivers intersecting it. This is how the Yanyuwa have provided for themselves before the relatively recent split into different ‘Times’. First came the pre-Macassan times, time immemorial on the continent after the world’s creation in the Dream Time. After this came the Macassan times which brought contact with the sea faring Macassan trepangers from the Celebes who came to fish and trade on the Australian coast. Relations between these fishermen and various coastal dwelling aboriginal peoples of the Northern Territory were famously peaceful. Their visits are documented in the rock art of the region and it is thought that it is from the Macassans that the Yanyuwa learnt how to make both dug out canoes and stone lined wells. Next were the wild times before the first concerted contact with white settlers. Initial contact with explorers was friendly enough and trade relations were amicable. This changed as Borroloola became an important drover station in the heart of Yanyuwa territory. Some moved to the town to try and benefit from it’s wealth but found themselves abused by police, ex-convicts and white settlers a-like and exploited as wage labourers. Those who had not suffered this fate in the towns were challenged in other areas of their territory by encroaching ranching operations. Cattle fouled water supplies and ate vegetable matter vital to the Yanyuwa diet whilst the ranchers themselves often used violence against the Yanyuwa. Many refused to give up their land for some time but were forced, eventually, to concede. After their traditional lifestyle had been faced down came the cattle times during which a considerable number of Yanyuwa ran their own cattle stations, free to pursue their ceremonial obligations and maintain a degree of autonomy. This did not however prevent the future injustices of the police and welfare times during which the Yanyuwa suffered racial and religious persecution, enforced assimilation and settlement encouraged by the state pre 1973. The Aboriginal Land Rights Act of 1976 ushered in what is known to the Yanyuwa as the land rights times in which they won title to some of their traditional territory in 1986 and 1989. Despite this positive chronological transition the Yanyuwa still suffer from injustice and lack of political representation today in the tourist times, so called due to the great influx of holiday makers visiting the Northern Territory. This has been both troublesome and confusing for the Yanyuwa as visitors often take spots used by Yanyuwa for fishing and camping and a culture clash is evident due to the under-developed nature of consultative tourism in the region. Yet this has been perhaps the least of the Yanyuwa’s worries as they have fought against mining concessions and expansion as well as the discriminatory Northern Territory Emergency Response in recent years.

    Yanyuwa

  • The Yaqui or Yoeme are a Native American Nation who originally lived in the valley of the Río Yaqui in the northern Mexican state of Sonora. Many Yaqui still live in their original homeland, but some live in Arizona as a result of wars between the Yaqui and the Mexican government. The Yaqui call themselves Yoreme, the Yaqui word for person (yoemem or yo'emem meaning "people"). Their language is one of 30 in the Uto-Aztecan family. The Yaqui call their homeland Hiakim, from which some say the name "Yaqui" is derived. They may also describe themselves as Hiaki Nation or Pascua Hiaki, meaning "The Easter People", as most had converted to Catholicism under Jesuit influence in colonial Mexico. Many folk etymologies account for how the Yoeme came to be known as the "Yaqui". The Yaqui conception of the world is considerably different from that of their European-Mexican and European-American neighbors. For example, the world (in Yaqui, anía) is composed of five separate worlds: the desert wilderness world, the mystical world, the flower world, the dream world, and the night world. Much Yaqui ritual is centered upon perfecting these worlds and eliminating the harm that has been done to them, especially by people. Many Yaqui have combined such ideas with their practice of Catholicism, and believe that the existence of the world depends on their annual performance of the Lenten and Easter rituals. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yaqui people

    Yaqui

  • Yavapai are an indigenous people in Arizona. Historically, the Yavapai were divided into four geographical bands that considered themselves separate peoples: the Tolkapaya, or Western Yavapai, the Yavapé, or Northwestern Yavapai, the Kwevkapaya, or Southeastern Yavapai, and Wipukpa, or Northeastern Yavapai - Verde Valley Yavapai. Another Yavapai band was the Matakwadapaya. This group is believed to have mixed with the Mohave and Quechan and no longer exists, but several Mohave and Quechan families trace their family history to Yavapai roots. The Yavapai have much in common with their neighbors the Havasupai, the Hualapai, and the Athabascan Apache. Often, Yavapai were mistaken as Apache by American settlers, variously being referred to as "Apache-Mohave" or "Tonto-Apache". Before the 1860s, when settlers began exploring for gold in the area, the Yavapai occupied an area of approximately 20,000 mi² (51800 km²) bordering the San Francisco Peaks on the north, the Pinaleno Mountains and Mazatzal Mountains on the southeast, and Martinez Lake and the Colorado River at the point where Lake Havasu is now on the west, and almost to the Gila River and the Salt River to the south. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yavapai people

    Yavapai

  • Cacique AritanaThe Yawalapiti are an indigenous Peoples in the Amazon Basin of Brazil. The name is also spelled Laualapiti in Portuguese. They have a population of 237 (2010), up from a low of 25 in 1954. The Yawalapiti live in the Upper Xingu region along with Kiabi, Yudja and Suya, whose customs and traditions are quite similar despite the fact that they all speak different languages.

    Yawalapiti

  • The Yine people live deep in the Peruvian amazon...

    Yine

  • Yolngu, meaning ‘person,’ is the name given to related Australian Aboriginal groups based in the North Eastern reaches of Arnhem Land in the Northern Territories of Australia. They have also been known to ethnographers and anthropologists as the Murngin. The Yolngu speak variations of the Yolngu Matha (‘people tongue’). These include six mutually intelligible languages, around twelve different dialects and perhaps over thirty clan variations on these. The Yolngu people also use a form of sign language in situations which demand silence and where noise is taboo, for example when observing mourning rites. In terms of lifestyle and subsistence the Yolngu may be described as hunter gathering peoples but they also carried out controlled burnings as a form low intensity land management. During the year the Yolngu identify six different seasons and respond in turn to each individual challenge they bring. Population size and the rate of migration and nomadism are modulated by the environment, most notably by rainfall and flooding, as are the types of food and social resources the Yolngu utilise during different periods. The rhythms of Yolngu life have remained remarkably intact to this day due to the tenacity of the peoples fight to retain their culture and identity. Examples of this Yolngu pride are most easily visible to the world in the form of the art they continue to produce and from which they can now earn an important living. Beautifully woven Pandanus leaf baskets and painted bark canvases are testament to Yolngu artistic brilliance, but their best known contribution in this sphere is the decorated didgeridoo which has become a universal symbol for Australian Aboriginalism. The Yolngu have a rich and at times tragic past. Possibly amongst one of the first groups to settle in Australia, given their geographical location close to the Melanesian and Indonesian archipelago’s, a probable migratory route. Again due to their location it is more than likely that for some of this time they traded via sea with those from other areas. The earliest record of such contact is encoded in the Djanggawul mythological song cycle which talks of a Baijini people with whom the Yolngu traded. Certain evidence exists of later trade during the 18th and 19th Centuries with Macassan Fishermen from Sulawesi who are said to have been respectful of Yolngu ownership and culture. Unfortunately the same respect was not shown during the wave of European colonialism which swept into the Northern territories in the late 19th Century. Cattle invasions and land grabs were met with Yolngu resistance which was in turn put down by a series of brutal massacres at Coniston, Myall Creek and elsewhere. The threat of mass killings was again present as recently as the 1940‘s after decades of subjugation as the result of an incident between Yolngu men and Japanese fishermen at a time of political unrest. However, due to the efforts of the Yolgu and the sympathetic anthropologist Donald Thomson this was avoided and by the 1960’s the Yolngu had begun a real struggle to achieve recognition for their land rights. In 1963 a Yolngu petition written on bark was submitted to the house of representatives opposing a Bauxite mine on Yolngu land. Though the case was ultimately lost the bark still hangs in Parliament House in Canberra and this defiant action paved the way for future land rights movements and successes. Today the Yolngu still suffer at the hands of government schemes which seek control over these fiercely autonomous groups. Recent impositions include the Northern Territory Emergency Response initiative which involved derogatory assumptions of Yolngu cultural behaviour, an unhealthy dose of racial prejudice and aspects which decreased Yolngu autonomy drastically. It has since been replaced by the ‘Stronger Futures Policy’ which has been similarly criticised by human rights groups such as Amnesty International. In the face of all of this the Yolngu continue to work to preserve their lifestyles and also to recover from the vices, such as alcoholism and solvent abuse, introduced into their communities by past and existing European colonialists who would now seek to use these problems as reason for further intervention and control.

    Yolngu

  • Indígenas Yukpa (Sierra de Perijá).The Yukpa are an indigenous community located in the Sierra de Perija , on both sides of the border between Colombia and Venezuela. The former territory of the Yukpa stretched from the valley of the Cesar River to Lake Maracaibo; however, the soils of the land were reduced by the practice of industrial mining, resulting in wisespread malnutrition among the Yukpa during the twentieth century. The majority of the Yukpa, who number nearly 10,000, live in Venezuela although some communities are still located in the mountains across the border in Colombia.

    Yukpa

  • chefornak dancersThe Yupik or, in the Central Alaskan Yup'ik language, Yup'ik (plural Yupiit), are a group of indigenous peoples of western, southwestern, and southcentral Alaska and the Russian Far East. They include the Central Alaskan Yup'ik people of the Yukon-Kuskokwim delta, the Kuskokwim River, and coastal Bristol Bay in Alaska; the Alutiiq (or Suqpiaq) of the Alaska Peninsula and coastal and island areas of southcentral Alaska; and the Siberian Yupik of the Russian Far East and St. Lawrence Island in western Alaska. They are Eskimo and are related to the Inuit. The traditional way of life of the Yup'ik was semi-nomadic, following the seasonal variations in their environment. Hunting, primarily sea mammals, and fishing were subsistence activities. They also developed trade, initially with neighboring groups, and then with the Russians by the end of the nineteenth century. They believed that all living creatures go through a cycle of birth, death, and rebirth, leading them to give newborns the name of a recently deceased member of their community, and to practice rituals in which parts of animals that were killed for food were returned to the ocean so that they could be reborn. They practiced shamanism, recognizing that there are both benign and evil spirits; shamans being able to communicate with them. Since contact with the outside world was relatively recent for the Yup'ik, they were able to retain many of their traditional ways of life. Communities are still located along the water, and many families still harvest the traditional subsistence resources, especially salmon and seal. However, during the twentieth century when Western schools and Christian churches were built, the Yup'ik stopped telling their stories and offering their traditional words of wisdom. Their children were educated in Western languages and ways, and Christian churches taught their children religion; as the last shamans died no-one took their place. As the twenty-first century dawned, however, Yup’ik elders recognized that their lifestyle was almost lost. The elders chose to start sharing their wise words, believing that they have continued relevance and power to change lives. These words of wisdom are now available not only to educate Yup’ik young people and thus continue their culture, but are also offered to all for the benefit of human society around the world. The Yupik's overall population today is estimated at 24,000 people. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yupik Peoples

    Yupik

  • Situated at the junction of the lowlands and the highlands, the Yurakaré represent a group without affiliation, not only at the linguistic level. Even though their socio-cultural profile and their general economy make them a lowland Amazonian people, it is difficult to group them with any of their eastern neighbors, or to fit them into a regionally well-defined group. The Yurakaré have been mentioned by their current name in the historical sources since the end of the sixteenth century . The available sources of the 16th century and the archeological vestiges from the area allow us to make some statements about the situation of the Yurakaré before the arrival of the Spaniards (cf. Sánchez 2003). The earliest historical period in which we can situate the Yurakaré (the end of the 15th century) is characterized by two major social processes: on the one hand the territorial expansion of the Inca empire Tawantinsuyu in the Andes, stretching towards the lowlands, and on the other hand the migrations of the Guaraní, coming from the Paraná basin, and giving rise to the ethnogenesis of the Chiriguanos. Continue Reading: http://www.mpi.nl/DOBES/projects/yurakare/people

    Yuracare

  • The Yurok, whose name means "downriver people" in the neighboring Karuk language, are Native Americans who live in northwestern California near the Klamath River and Pacific coast. Their autonym is Olekwo'l meaning "Persons." Today they live on the Yurok Indian Reservation, on several rancherias, or throughout Humboldt County. Traditionally, Yurok people lived in permanent villages along the Klamath River. Some of the villages date back to the 14th century. They fished for salmon along rivers, gathered ocean fish and shellfish, hunted game, and gathered plants. Their first contact with non-Natives was when Spanish explorers entered their territory in 1775. Fur traders and trappers from the Hudson's Bay Company came in 1827. Following encounters with white settlers moving into their aboriginal lands during a gold rush in 1850, the Yurok were faced with disease and massacres that reduced their population by 75%. In 1855, following the Klamath and Salmon River Indian War most of those that remained were forcibly relocated to the Yurok Indian Reservation on the Klamath River. More than a 100 years later, on November 24, 1993, the Yurok adopted a constitution that details the jurisdiction and territory of their lands. Under the Hoopa-Yurok Settlement Act of 1988, Pub. L. 100-580, qualified applicants had the option of enrolling in the Yurok Tribe. Of the 3,685 qualified applicants for the Settlement Roll, 2,955 person chose Yurok membership. 227 of those members had a mailing address on the Yurok reservation but a majority lived within 50 miles of the reservation. The Yurok Tribe is currently the largest group of Native Americans in the state of California with over 5,000 enrolled members. The Yurok reservation of 63,035 acres (255 km2) has an 80% poverty rate and 70% of the inhabitants do not have telephone service or electricity, according to the tribe's webpage. Fishing, hunting, and gathering remain important to tribal members. Basket weaving and woodcarver are important arts. A traditional hamlet of wooden plank buildings, called Sumeg, was built in 1990. The Jump Dance and Brush Dance are part of tribal ceremonies. Adapted from Wikipedia's article on the Yurok Peoples

    Yurok

  • The Zápara (or Záparos) are an indigenous people of the Amazon jungle that straddles the border of Ecuador and Peru. They once occupied some 12,000 mi² between the Napo River and the Pastaza. Early in the 20th century, there were some 200,000 Zapara. From the year 2009 on the Ecuadorian Zápara call themselves Sápara. The official name is Nación Sápara del Ecuador (NASE). It means Sápara Nation of Ecuador. The president of this nation from September 2009 until September 2013 is Bartolo Alejandro Ushigua Santi also known as Manari Kaki Ushigua Santi or Manari Kaji Ushigua Santi. The Sápara Nation was officially registered by CONDENPE – the Council of Development of the nationalities and peoples of Ecuador – on September 16, 2009. The new name and organisation are results of a unification process with other indigenous communities which called themselves Záparos or Záparas as well. There was a conflict between these different groups about their real authentic ethnic identity in the last years of the 20th century and the beginning of the 21st century. With this unification this conflict seems to be solved. CONDENPE confirms as well officially the legal status of autonomy or self-government of the Sápara Nation of Ecuador N.A.S.E. and confirms their territory between the rivers Pindoyacu, Conambo and Alto Corrientes (Upper River) in the province of Pastaza. It is confirmed as well that the head office of NASE is the city of Puyo, Pastaza. If you would like to learn more about the Zaparo, watch the documentary film, TALKING WITH FISH AND BIRDS. The film is available for download here

    Zaparo

  • TehuantepecThe Zapotecs (Zoogocho Zapotec :Didxažoŋ) are an indigenous people of Mexico. The population is concentrated in the southern state of Oaxaca, but Zapotec communities exist in neighboring states as well. The present-day population is estimated at approximately 800,000 to 1,000,000 persons, many of whom are monolingual in one of the native Zapotec languages and dialects. In pre-Columbian times the Zapotec civilization was one of the highly developed cultures of Mesoamerica, which among other things included a system of writing. Many people of Zapotec ancestry have emigrated to the United States over several decades, and they maintain their own social organizations in the Los Angeles and Central Valley areas of California. The name Zapotec is an exonym coming from Nahuatl tzapotēcah (singular tzapotēcatl), which means "inhabitants of the place of sapote." The Zapotecs call themselves Be'ena'a, which means "The People." Though the Zapotecs are now largely Catholics, some of their ancient beliefs and practices, such as the burial of the dead with valuables, still survive. The first missionaries among the Zapotecs were Bartolomé de Olmeda, a Mercedarian, and Juan Díaz, a secular priest, who was killed by the natives in Quechula near Tepeaca for having "overthrown their idols".

    Zapotec

  • The Zenú or Sinú are an Amerindian Peoples in Colombia whose ancestral territory comprises the valleys of the Sinu and San Jorge rivers as well as the coast of the Caribbean around the Gulf of Morrosquillo. These lands lie within the departments of Córdoba and Sucre. Farmers, merchants and goldsmiths, the Zenú thrived from about 200 BC to about AD 1600. The gold that was often buried with their dead lured the Spanish conquerors, who looted much of the gold. With the arrival of the Spaniards, the tribe all but died out. The 16th-century Spanish chroniclers wrote about the Zenú who were still living there, but recorded little or nothing about the history of the Zenú. Around AD 950, about 160 inhabitants per square kilometer lived in the San Jorge basin. After 1100, the Zenú population decreased for unknown reasons and moved to higher pastures that did not flood, requiring no drainage works, where they lived until the Spanish conquest. Excessive taxation, forced labor, and western diseases caused the decline of the Zenú population after the arrival of the Spanish. The Zenú language disappeared around 200 years ago. The King of Spain designated 83,000 hectares in San Andrés de Sotavento as a Zenú reserve in 1773. This reserve existed until it was dissolved by the National Assembly of Colombia in 1905. The Indian population has fought for the restoration of the reserve, and in 1990 San Andrés de Sotavento was restored as a Zenú reserve with a land area of 10,000 hectares (later 23,000). Here a community of approximately 33,000 inhabitants holds on to centuries-old traditions. For them, the plaiting and weaving are still connected to their daily lives. It is like recreating their representation of the universe, because weaving brings together knowledge, nature (the fibers), and something substantial, which is the product itself. Weaving both creates and represents their culture. The sombrero vueltiao is a characteristic example of contemporary Zenú weaving.

    Zenu

  • Zuni Dancer

    The Zuni or A:shiwi (as the Zuni refer to themselves, in their own language) are one of the Pueblo peoples, most of whom live in the Pueblo of Zuni on the Zuni River, a tributary of the Little Colorado River, in western New Mexico, United States.

    According to the 2000 Census, there were approximately 7,790 people in the zip code of the Zuni reservation, with 7619 living in either the statistical areas of Zuni or Blackrock. Tribal estimates for the entire reservation run from 10,000 to 12,000. with over 80% being Native Americans, with 43.0% of the population below the poverty line as defined by the U.S. income standards.

    The Zuni, like other Pueblo peoples, are believed to be the descendants of the Ancient Pueblo Peoples who lived in the deserts of New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, and southern Colorado for centuries. Archaeological evidence shows they have lived in their present location for about 1300 years. However, before the Pueblo Revolt of 1680, the Zuni lived in six different villages. After the revolt, until 1692, they took refuge in a defensible position atop Dowa Yalanne, a steep mesa 5 km (3.1miles) southeast of the present Pueblo of Zuni; "Dowa" means "corn", and "yalanne" means "mountain." After the establishment of peace and the return of the Spanish, the Zuni relocated to their present location, only briefly returning to the mesa top in 1703.

    In 1539, a Spanish exploratory party guided by the Moorish slave Estevanico arrived, though the villagers eventually killed him. This was Spain's first contact with any of the Pueblo peoples.

    Zuni traditionally speak the Zuni language, a unique language (also called an "isolate") which is unrelated to any other Native American language. The Zuni continue to practice their traditional religion with its regular ceremonies and dances and an independent and unique belief system.

    External Links

    Zuni

SHOW PAGED
Connect with us

Get our latest articles by email!


Kia ora, I would like to say unless they, ( those who say no more Full- Blooded Maori), know the whakapapa of every single Maori in Aotearoa, they should just...
Mohawk??I stand and prepared to back my people at any and all cost...
I have worked with, lived with, and been around Copala Triquis for the past 12 years, and have researched extensively the political oppression in teh region - ever since the...
Thank you for your comment, trog69. You might have seen my update http://intercontinentalcry.org/wall-street-tea-party-convergence-19421/ on the story, including a link to a special report by Charles Tanner, titled Take these Tribes Down....
Good afternoon, Mr. Taber. I must admit that part of my astonishment upon reading about this is my complete ignorance that there is a concerted effort to take the rest...
Thank you, David. While it's good that some elected officials are joining environmentalists and tribes in opposing Gateway Pacific Terminal, the Tea Party, AFL-CIO and anti-Indian property rights activists have...
Seattle Mayor Mike McGinn comments on proposed coal trains and export terminals: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kOi4iEsSl_k...
Thanks for commenting, Laura. Do you have more information about that? If so, please get in touch info(at)intercontinentalcry.org...

"In a media landscape made up of lies, flash, giant blind spots and corporatized sites of distraction, Intercontinental Cry is a trustworthy pathway to the truth where people who are committed to understanding Indigenous realities can gain insight and information to illuminate and activate their struggles."

Taiaiake Alfred
Professor of Indigenous Governance at UVIC and author of Wasáse
Hair of the Dog